summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/27920-h
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 02:36:41 -0700
committerRoger Frank <rfrank@pglaf.org>2025-10-15 02:36:41 -0700
commit9a19cc89a4ff0035cc7219e77c94f463d5e7048a (patch)
tree5ebd20609f30628ff3e24c4cb385d755f6371bb0 /27920-h
initial commit of ebook 27920HEADmain
Diffstat (limited to '27920-h')
-rw-r--r--27920-h/27920-h.htm6409
-rw-r--r--27920-h/images/cover.jpgbin0 -> 119675 bytes
-rw-r--r--27920-h/images/frontis.jpgbin0 -> 146925 bytes
3 files changed, 6409 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/27920-h/27920-h.htm b/27920-h/27920-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..556418d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27920-h/27920-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,6409 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd">
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+<head>
+<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1" />
+<title>The Project Gutenberg eBook of Ben Comee, by M. J. (Michael Joseph) Canavan</title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+/*<![CDATA[ XML blockout */
+<!--
+ p { margin-top: .5em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ margin-bottom: .5em;
+ text-indent: 1em;
+ }
+ h1 {
+ text-align: center; font-family: garamond, serif; /* all headings centered */
+ }
+ h1.pg {
+ text-align: center; font-family: Times-Roman, serif; /* all headings centered */
+ }
+ h5,h6 {
+ text-align: center; font-family: garamond, serif; /* all headings centered */
+ }
+ h2 {
+ text-align: center; font-family: garamond, serif; /* centered and coloured */
+ }
+ h3 {
+ text-align: center; font-family: garamond, serif; /* centered and coloured */
+ }
+ h3.pg {
+ text-align: center; font-family: Times-Roman, serif; /* all headings centered */
+ }
+ h4 {
+ text-align: center; font-family: garamond, serif; /* all headings centered */
+ }
+ hr { width: 33%;
+ margin-top: 1em;
+ margin-bottom: 1em;
+ }
+ body{margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%;
+ }
+ a {text-decoration: none} /* no lines under links */
+ div.centered {text-align: center;} /* work around for IE centering with CSS problem part 1 */
+ div.centered table {margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto; text-align: left;} /* work around for IE centering with CSS problem part 2 */
+
+ .cen {text-align: center; text-indent: 0em;} /* centering paragraphs */
+ .smcap {font-variant: small-caps; font-size: 95%;} /* small caps, smaller font size */
+ .note {margin-left: 2em; margin-right: 2em; margin-bottom: 1em;} /* footnote */
+ .img {text-align: center; padding: 1em; margin-left: auto; margin-right: auto;} /* centering images */
+ .sidenote {width: 16%; margin-left: .5em; margin-bottom: .5em; margin-top: .5em; padding-left: .5em; font-size: smaller; float: right; clear: right; background-color: #f6f2f2; color: black; border: dotted black 1px; }
+ .tdr {text-align: right;} /* right align cell */
+ .tdrb {text-align: right; vertical-align: bottom;} /* right align cell */
+ .tdc {text-align: center;} /* center align cell */
+ .tdl {text-align: left;} /* left align cell */
+ .tr {margin-left: 15%; margin-right: 15%; margin-top: 5%; margin-bottom: 5%; padding: 1em; background-color: #f6f2f2; color: black; border: dotted black 1px;} /* transcriber's notes */
+
+ .pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+ /* visibility: hidden; */
+ position: absolute; right: 2%;
+ font-size: 75%;
+ text-align: right;
+ text-indent: 0em;
+ font-style: normal;
+ font-weight: normal;
+ font-variant: normal;} /* page numbers */
+
+ hr.full { width: 100%;
+ margin-top: 0em;
+ margin-bottom: 0em;
+ border: solid black;
+ height: 5px; }
+ pre {font-size: 85%; }
+ // -->
+ /* XML end ]]>*/
+ </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<h1 class="pg">The Project Gutenberg eBook of Ben Comee, by M. J. (Michael Joseph) Canavan</h1>
+<pre>
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at <a href = "http://www.gutenberg.org">www.gutenberg.org</a></pre>
+<p>Title: Ben Comee</p>
+<p> A Tale of Rogers's Rangers, 1758-59</p>
+<p>Author: M. J. (Michael Joseph) Canavan</p>
+<p>Release Date: January 28, 2009 [eBook #27920]</p>
+<p>Language: English</p>
+<p>Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1</p>
+<p>***START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BEN COMEE***</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<h3 class="pg">E-text prepared by Mark C. Orton, Barbara Kosker, Linda McKeown,<br />
+ and the Project Gutenberg Online Distributed Proofreading Team<br />
+ (http://www.pgdp.net)</h3>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr class="full" />
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+
+<div class="img">
+<img border="0" src="images/cover.jpg" width="45%" alt="Cover" /><br />
+</div>
+
+<br />
+<hr />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<h1> BEN COMEE</h1>
+
+<h2><i>A TALE OF ROGERS'S RANGERS</i></h2>
+
+<h2>1758-59</h2>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<div class="img">
+<a href="images/frontis.jpg">
+<img border="0" src="images/frontis.jpg" width="50%" alt="He fired, but missed me." /></a><br />
+<p class="cen smcap" style="margin-top: .2em;">"He fired, but missed me."&mdash;<a href="#Page_117">Page 117</a></p>
+</div>
+
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<h1>BEN COMEE</h1>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<h2><i>A TALE OF ROGERS'S RANGERS</i></h2>
+
+<h2>1758-59</h2>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<h4>BY</h4>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<h2>M. J. CANAVAN</h2>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<h4>New York<br />
+THE MACMILLAN COMPANY<br />
+LONDON: MACMILLAN AND CO., <span class="smcap">Ltd.</span><br />
+1922</h4>
+
+<h5><i>All rights reserved</i></h5>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Copyright, 1899,</span><br />
+By THE MACMILLAN COMPANY.</h4>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<h5>Set up and electrotyped October, 1899.&nbsp; Reprinted November, 1899;<br />
+February, 1908; October, 1910; September, 1913; November, 1916.</h5>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<h4>Norwood Press<br />
+J. S. Cushing &amp; Co.&mdash;Berwick &amp; Smith<br />
+Norwood Mass. U.S.A.</h4>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_v" id="Page_v">[Pg v]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CONTENTS</h2>
+
+<div class="centered">
+<table border="0" width="80%" cellpadding="2" cellspacing="0" summary="Table of Contents">
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">&nbsp;</td>
+ <td class="tdr"><span style="font-size: 80%;">PAGE</span></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_I">CHAPTER I</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl" width="90%">Ben is born in Lexington 1737&mdash;Schools and Schoolfellows</td>
+ <td class="tdr" width="10%">1</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_II">CHAPTER II</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">They trap Muskrats&mdash;Bishop Hancock and his Grandson John</td>
+ <td class="tdr">14</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_III">CHAPTER III</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">In which are Details of a Great Fox Hunt</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">30</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_IV">CHAPTER IV</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Trading in those Days&mdash;Ben is apprenticed&mdash;The Enlisting
+ Sergeant&mdash;Court Day at Concord</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">51</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_V">CHAPTER V</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Pigeon Tuesday and its Exploits</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">64</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_VI">CHAPTER VI</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">A Pauper's Funeral&mdash;Ben's Friend the Minister, and Ben's
+ Victory in Wrestling</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">74</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_VII">CHAPTER VII</a><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_vi" id="Page_vi">[Pg vi]</a></span></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Tales from the Frontier&mdash;Mr. Tythingman and his Services</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">88</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_VIII">CHAPTER VIII</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Ben and Amos join Rogers's Rangers and march to the West</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">100</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_IX">CHAPTER IX</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">In which the Rangers engage with the French and Indians</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">110</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_X">CHAPTER X</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Lord Howe and his Death&mdash;The Loyalty of John Stark</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">120</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XI">CHAPTER XI</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Fort Ticonderoga and the Assault</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">131</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XII">CHAPTER XII</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">The Fight at Fort Anne, and the Escape of Amos</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">142</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIII">CHAPTER XIII</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Ben Comee Heap Big Paleface&mdash;Trapping Bob-cats in
+ Primeval Woods</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">163</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XIV">CHAPTER XIV</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">A Scouting Expedition in the Dead of Winter</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">187</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XV">CHAPTER XV</a><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_vii" id="Page_vii">[Pg vii]</a></span></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Camp Discipline&mdash;Amherst's Angels&mdash;A Brush with the
+ French, and the Loss of Captain Jacob</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">197</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVI">CHAPTER XVI</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">The Rangers to the Front&mdash;Captain Stark's Tale of Capture
+ &mdash;To attack the St. Francis Indians</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">208</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVII">CHAPTER XVII</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">March to the Village&mdash;The Retreat</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">224</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdc" colspan="2"><a href="#CHAPTER_XVIII">CHAPTER XVIII</a></td>
+ </tr>
+ <tr>
+ <td class="tdl">Starvation&mdash;Drifting down the Ammonusuc&mdash;Fort No. 4, and
+ Good Fortune at Last</td>
+ <td class="tdrb">241</td>
+ </tr>
+</table>
+</div>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<hr /><a name="CHAPTER_I" id="CHAPTER_I"></a>
+<br />
+<h1>BEN COMEE</h1><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER I</h2>
+<p class="cen">BEN IS BORN IN LEXINGTON 1737&mdash;SCHOOLS AND SCHOOLFELLOWS</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>If you have occasion to pass through or to visit Lexington, be sure to
+put up at the tavern about a mile below Lexington Common on a little
+knoll near the main road.</p>
+
+<p>In front of it stand two large elms, from one of which hangs the tavern
+sign. It is the best tavern in the place. You will find there good beds,
+good food, and a genial host. The landlord is my cousin, Colonel William
+Munroe, a younger brother of my old friend Edmund.</p>
+
+<p>Sit with him under the trees. William will gladly tell you of the fight.
+Lord Percy's re&euml;nforcements met the retreating British <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span>soldiers near
+the tavern. Percy and Pitcairn had a consultation in the bar-room over
+some grog, which John Raymond mixed for them, for John took care of the
+tavern that day. After they departed, the soldiers entered and helped
+themselves freely to liquor from the barrels in the shop. Some of their
+officers knocked the spigots from the barrels and let the liquor run
+away on the floor. The drunken soldiers became furious. They fired off
+their guns in the house. You can still see a bullet hole in the ceiling.</p>
+
+<p>William will show you the doorway where poor John Raymond, the cripple,
+was shot down by the soldiers, as he was trying to escape from the
+bar-room, and will point out the places near by, where houses were
+burned by the British. And as you sit with William under the trees you
+will see great six or eight horse teams, laden with goods from New
+Hampshire, lumber along heavily over the road. Stages from Keene,
+Leominster, Lunenburg, and other towns will dash up to the door and
+passengers will alight for their meals. On Saturdays and Sundays <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span>herds
+of cattle are driven through on their way to the Brighton cattle market.
+All is bustle and activity.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">LEXINGTON IN EARLY TIMES</div>
+
+<p>I was born in this old house in the year 1737. In my boyhood Lexington
+was a dull little village unknown to fame. But the 19th of April, 1775,
+made the world familiar with the name. And since the bridges, which were
+built over the Charles River a few years later, placed the town on the
+main highway between Boston and the Back Country, it is now, in this
+year 1812, one of the most thriving places in the county.</p>
+
+<p>In my childhood we were remote from the main travelled roads. The Back
+Country hardly existed. People were just beginning to settle the
+southern part of New Hampshire, and were in constant fear of Indians.
+Their time was fully occupied in cutting down the forests, fighting the
+redskins, and raising a scanty crop for their own support. Occasionally
+a fur trader, driving a pack-horse laden with furs, passed through the
+town. The huts and log houses of the first settlers were still standing,
+and some of the people kept up an <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span>acquaintance and correspondence with
+their relatives in the old country.</p>
+
+<p>My grandfather used to take me on his knee and tell me of events which
+happened far back in the seventeenth century. His father was a Highland
+lad, and during the wars between King Charles and Cromwell fought for
+the king in a regiment of Scotch Highlanders. At the battle of Dunbar
+the king's army was defeated, and several thousand Scotch soldiers were
+taken prisoners. Among them was my great-grandfather, David McComee.</p>
+
+<p>In a few days they were drawn up in a line, and each man was tied to his
+neighbour by stout cords around their wrists. A guard of soldiers was
+put over them, and they were marched to Plymouth.</p>
+
+<p>There they learned that they were to be sent to the colonies, as slaves
+or servants, with the right to buy back their freedom.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">DAVID COMEE, THE REDEMPTIONER</div>
+
+<p>David McComee and some two hundred and seventy other prisoners were
+packed on board the ship <i>John and Sara</i>; and after a long voyage
+arrived at Charlestown, where they were sold at auction. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span>David's master
+lived in Woburn, near Lexington, or, as it was then called, Cambridge
+Fields. He was treated in a kindly manner. A little piece of land was
+given him, on which he built a hut. He worked for his master on
+alternate days. The rest of the time was his own. In a few years David
+McComee had earned enough to pay back the price of his purchase money,
+and was no longer a redemptioner, but a free man and his own master. By
+this time, he was known as David Comee. He moved to Concord, and as he
+was a thrifty, hard-working man, before long he was the owner of a snug
+little farm.</p>
+
+<p>In 1675 the terrible war with King Philip broke out. The Indians ravaged
+the land, and boasted that no white man should dare to so much as poke
+his nose out of his house. We had then but a little fringe of
+settlements extending a few miles back from the coast. Concord was on
+the frontier. Word came that the neighbouring town of Sudbury was
+attacked, and David Comee and ten companions started out to help the
+inhabitants.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span>My grandfather, who was then a small boy, said that after buckling on
+his iron breast and back plates, his father knelt with the family and
+prayed. Then he arose, kissed his wife and children, put on his steel
+cap, and taking his long firelock, started off to join the other men.</p>
+
+<p>That afternoon they were lured into an ambuscade by the Indians, and
+most of them were killed. Re&euml;nforcements were sent to Sudbury. The
+Indians were driven off; and the next day David Comee was found lying in
+the water of the river meadow, scalped, and stripped of his armour and
+clothes.</p>
+
+<p>Another Scotch redemptioner, named William Munroe, who was shipped to
+this country in the <i>John and Sara</i>, settled at Cambridge Fields or
+Lexington. My grandfather married his daughter Martha, and bought the
+place where my Cousin William now keeps the tavern.</p>
+
+<p>Our family had no love for Indians. We hated them bitterly. At the
+present day, as we sit in our homes safe and without fear, we are apt to
+forget the constant dread in <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span>which the colonists lived. From 1690 till
+the end of the French war in 1763, few years passed in which the men on
+the frontier were not fighting the redskins.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">BEN'S UNCLE &nbsp;JOHN KILLED</div>
+
+<p>In 1707 my Uncle John went "to the Eastward" in a company of soldiers to
+help drive off a body of French and Indians from the settlements in
+Maine. He was killed there in a fight near the town of York.</p>
+
+<p>He was my grandfather's eldest son, just arrived at manhood. I was a
+small boy when grandfather died; but I can remember how he straightened
+up, and a fierce fire came in his eyes, when the talk was of Indians. He
+was a strict member of the church, and never swore, but on these
+occasions he made use of some Old Testament phrases and expressions
+which, I thought, answered the purpose very well.</p>
+
+<p>You may pride yourself on your Latin and your Greek. I never got so far
+in my schooling. But turn this book upside down and read it. You cannot
+and I can.</p>
+
+<p>I might have become quite a scholar, if I had been properly brought up,
+for I learned <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span>to do this at Millicent Mason's dame's school before I
+was six years old.</p>
+
+<p>She sat in a chair and held a book in her lap. We stood in front of her.
+She would point out the letters with her knitting-needle and ask, "What
+is that letter? And that? And that?" Then she would ask us what the word
+was. In this way, we learned our A B C's. Then one-syllable, and
+two-syllable words, and finally to read a book held upside down. I can
+do it now; and occasionally, if I find a friend reading, I surprise him
+by glancing over the top of the page and repeating a few lines of the
+text.</p>
+
+<p>As I grew older, I went to the man's school and learned to read in the
+ordinary way. It was kept in a little old schoolhouse about twenty feet
+square, which stood on a knoll on the common. There was a great
+fireplace at one end of it; and the teacher sat in a great chair on a
+platform, with a table in front of him. We paid twopence a week for
+being taught reading, and threepence a week for "righting and
+siphering," as the town clerk entered it on his books.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">LEXINGTON COMMON</div>
+
+<p>Our teachers were young men just out of college, and the one who would
+serve for the smallest pay was the one always chosen. We had a new
+teacher every year.</p>
+
+<p>At the lower end of the common was the old ramshackle meeting-house,
+facing down the road.</p>
+
+<p>In front of the meeting-house were a couple of horse-blocks, on which
+the women dismounted as they rode to meeting on their pillions, behind
+their husbands or brothers.</p>
+
+<p>On either side of the door were tacked up notices of vendues, lotteries,
+public proclamations, and the appointment of administrators. Between the
+school and the meeting-house were two pairs of stocks, in which we
+occasionally found some offender seated with his feet sticking out
+through the holes.</p>
+
+<p>On the opening day of school, there was a man in each of them. One was a
+man who obstinately refused to go to meeting, and after being warned
+several times was clapped into the bilboes by the tythingman. The other
+was some poor vagrant who had tried to settle in the town, but because
+he was needy <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span>and shiftless he had been warned out, and as he did not
+go, was put in the stocks.</p>
+
+<p>The school children gathered about them, seated on the hard boards, with
+their feet sticking out through the holes in the stocks, and discussed
+their crimes and punishment, and made bets as to the number of nails in
+the soles of their shoes. William Munroe, the blacksmith, came over from
+his shop with his leather apron on.</p>
+
+<p>"Come, Sam, you want to get out of there, and sit in the seats with the
+righteous. It's never too late for the sinner to repent."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, go away, Bill. Let me alone. It's bad enough to sit here in these
+cussed stocks, till every bone in my body aches, and have the children
+stare at me, without you coming over to poke fun at me. I'm sick of it."</p>
+
+<p>"That's right! A change of heart will do you good. See you in meeting
+next Sabbath."</p>
+
+<p>The next day, Robert Harrington, the constable, drove up to the stocks
+with his cart.</p>
+
+<p>"See here, Bob. Let me out. I give in. I'll go to meeting twice a day
+for the fifty-two Sabbaths in the year, and on lecture <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span>days and any
+other days that they want me to go."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">VAGRANTS AND SINNERS</div>
+
+<p>"All right; I'll let you out, but they will expect an acknowledgment
+from you of your wrong-doing, in meeting next Sabbath."</p>
+
+<p>"Just let me out of these stocks, and I'll do anything they ask."</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Harrington released him, and then turned to the vagrant and said,
+"Come, old boy, you've got to move on. We can't have you on our hands."</p>
+
+<p>He took him in his cart, carried him miles away, and dumped him in the
+road, just as you would an old cat that you wanted to get rid of; and
+warned him never to come back.</p>
+
+<p>Next Sabbath the sinner made a "public relation" before the meeting, in
+which he confessed his grievous sins and promised to amend.</p>
+
+<p>My greatest friend was my cousin, Edmund Munroe, a sturdy, trustworthy
+boy with great common sense.</p>
+
+<p>Then there was Davy Fiske, a son of Dr. Fiske. Davy was a lean, wiry
+fellow, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span>not much of a boy for study, but full of knowledge of the
+woods. He knew when every kind of bird came and departed. Could tell you
+the best place to hunt foxes. He knew what they would do and where they
+would go. If a wolf had been killed, Davy could give the whole story. If
+a bear had carried off a pig or a sheep, Davy would go miles to be one
+of the party to follow him up.</p>
+
+<p>It must be admitted that, like many other hunters, Davy had imagination,
+and did not allow dull facts to hem him in when he told a hunting story.</p>
+
+<p>Edmund used to take his dinners with his cousin, William Munroe, the
+blacksmith, whose house and shop were just below the common. I generally
+brought my dinner to school in a basket, and ate it in the school at
+noon time. After dinner, we would prowl about and explore. We used to
+climb the stone wall of the pound, and look into it, to see what stray
+cattle might be there; and wandered down Malt Lane to John Munroe's malt
+house and watched him change the barley into malt, and looked at the
+hams and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span>sides of bacon that the people had brought to be smoked.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THE BLACKSMITH'S SHOP</div>
+
+<p>The most interesting place to us was the blacksmith's shop. If an ox was
+brought in to be shod, they drove him into a stall and fastened his head
+in the stanchions at the end of it. A broad sheet of canvas hung down on
+one side of the stall, and they pulled the free end of it under the
+belly of the ox, and fastened it by hooks to a windlass on the other
+side of the stall, about the height of one's head. William Munroe and
+his son Will took a few turns at the windlass, and the ox would be
+lifted off his feet. The sides of the stall were only eighteen inches
+high, and were of thick plank, with a groove in the top edge. They bent
+up the leg of the ox and rested his cloven hoof in the groove, and shod
+each part with a piece of iron.</p>
+
+<p>But beside shoeing horses and oxen, the blacksmith made all kinds of
+implements, andirons, latches and hinges for doors. They fastened an
+iron edge to wooden shovels, and made chains and nails.</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER II</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">THEY TRAP MUSKRATS&mdash;BISHOP HANCOCK AND HIS GRANDSON JOHN</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>One day while we were pulling over a lot of old truck in a corner of the
+shop, we found some rusty muskrat traps. Edmund asked William if he used
+them. "No; I did considerable trapping when I was a boy. You and Ben may
+have them if you want them. Your father and I, Benny, trapped together
+one winter; and we used to go hunting wild turkeys too. There were a
+number of them over at Mt. Gilboa and Turkey Hill. They're pretty much
+all gone now. We had lots of fun with these traps, and I hope you boys
+will."</p>
+
+<p>There were fourteen traps. We greased them up and put them in good
+condition. And one Saturday early in the fall we got Davy to go with us
+to the great meadows <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span>and look the ground over. Davy said, "We must find
+their paths." When we found one, we looked for the best place to set a
+trap. "Now, see here. Here's a place where they come out of the water;
+and they climb up on that old root. Take the axe, Ben, and cut a notch
+in it a little under the water; and I'll smear the notch with mud so
+that the rat won't notice it."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">TRAPPING MUSKRATS</div>
+
+<p>We opened the trap, and set it in the notch; and then fastened the
+chain, which was attached to the trap, to a stick; and drove the stick
+into the bank a little way up the stream. "Let's put the next trap in
+the path. Drive the stick into the ground, so that they can't carry the
+trap off. That's right. Now set the trap and sprinkle some leaves over
+it to hide it."</p>
+
+<p>In some of the brooks we drove a couple of sticks into the bank, so that
+the trap would rest on them, a couple of inches beneath the surface of
+the water, and fastened the chain up stream. We drove a stick into the
+bank about ten inches above the trap, and stuck a sweet apple on the end
+of it. "There, that <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span>looks real tempting. A rat will come swimming
+along, and when he sees that apple, he will jump for it; and if you are
+lucky, he will fall into the trap."</p>
+
+<p>"Who's that over on the island in the meadow?"</p>
+
+<p>"Captain Wooton. He's girdling trees."</p>
+
+<p>"What's he doing that for?"</p>
+
+<p>"To kill them off. That's the way the Indians cleared their land. The
+trees die, and when they are dead, he sets them on fire in the wet
+season, and burns them up. He was a sea-captain, and married one of the
+Winship girls, and old Mr. Winship gave them this land."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, let's hurry up and set the rest of the traps. I've got to get
+home to my chores."</p>
+
+<p>Edmund lived on the further side of the meadows and close to them, and
+in going to school passed several brooks that flowed into them. I lived
+above the meadows, and had to go out of my way to reach them. So Edmund
+looked after nine traps, and I took care of five. Every morning we
+examined the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span>traps, to see if we had caught anything, and to set them
+again, and bait them. If a trap was not in sight, we pulled on the
+chain, and generally found a muskrat in the trap, drowned, with his hair
+all soaked down on his sides. Sometimes we would find one alive in a
+trap in their paths, and sometimes only a foot.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">DAVID'S BLACK CAT</div>
+
+<p>Occasionally my little brother David went with me, and while I was
+baiting a trap, would run on, to see if there was anything in the next
+one. Once he came back to me, and said, "Benny, some mean fellow has
+been down here, and stuck a nasty black cat in the trap." The cat turned
+out to be a mink with a fine fur. After we had examined the traps,
+Edmund and I used to meet at a spot on Deacon Brown's farm, which was so
+pretty that folks called it "God's Creation"; and then we went over to
+the highway together, on our way to school.</p>
+
+<p>We trapped muskrats till April, and got fifty-four muskrats and two
+mink. Skins are like oysters, good every month in the year that has an
+<i>R</i> in it.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span>How many were actually caught in our traps is another matter. A
+half-breed Indian named Tony lived in a little hut by the edge of the
+meadows. Frequently we found prints of his moccasins by our traps; and
+they would be baited with a different kind of an apple from that we
+used.</p>
+
+<p>Probably Tony needed muskrat skins more than we, or at least thought
+that he did.</p>
+
+<p>We disliked Tony and avoided him. We had our little scalping-parties or
+war-paths and ambuscades, in imitation of the Indians, but in spite of
+that we hated them heartily, and thought it a great weakness on the part
+of our minister, Bishop Hancock, when he spoke a good word for them.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">BISHOP HANCOCK</div>
+
+<p>He, Bishop Hancock, was of the salt of the earth. He was very old, but
+bright and strong, and as full of fun as a kitten. Old age seemed to
+improve him, as it does wine, and made him ripe and mellow.</p>
+
+<p>When we saw him walking down the road, with his full-bottomed white wig,
+his black coat and small clothes, his black silk stockings, and his
+white Geneva bands, we gathered on <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span>one side of the road, folded our
+hands, ducked our heads, and made our manners.</p>
+
+<p>He always had some funny or quaint remark to make to us. There was,
+perhaps, nothing wonderful in what he said, but his words always had a
+pleasant savour; and the day seemed brighter after he had spoken to us.
+He was himself like one of those serene peaceful days that come in the
+Indian summer near the close of the year.</p>
+
+<p>He had so much common sense and so sure a judgment, that all the
+ministers of the county ran to him for advice, if any important matter
+came up. And he had such authority among them, that they called him
+Bishop Hancock, for he was as a bishop to them; and they loved and
+revered him as much as they would have hated a real bishop.</p>
+
+<p>His grandson, John Hancock, came to live with him, and went to school
+with us. Young John was of our age, bright, quick-witted, with a kind
+heart, an open hand, and a full allowance of self-conceit.</p>
+
+<p>He was always boasting about his Uncle Thomas, the richest man in
+Boston, of his <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span>wharf and warehouses and ships, and of his new stone
+house on the Beacon Hill.</p>
+
+<p>"And after I go to college, I'm going to live with Uncle Thomas, and be
+a merchant like him," he used to proclaim.</p>
+
+<p>Edmund, Davy, and I went up to Bishop Hancock's one noon with John, and
+made a careful and minute survey of the premises, after the manner of
+boys. We inspected the pigs beneath the barn, and got a pail of water
+and scrubbed them with a broom till we were satisfied with their
+appearance. Then we learned the names and good points of the cows and
+horses. When we got to the loft, Davy made a great discovery&mdash;a pigeon
+net stowed away on the rafters. Before we left, John had obtained a
+promise from his grandfather that he might use it to catch pigeons.</p>
+
+<p>The next day we took it to a hill on the other side of the road, and
+looked for a place to spread it. John knew as much about pigeon catching
+as a hen does about skating. But he ordered us about, right and left,
+till Davy objected.</p>
+
+<p>"See here, John! That place you chose is <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span>full of humps and hollows, and
+won't do. We want a level spot, where the net will lie flat; and we must
+have a good place near by, where we can hide. What's the matter with
+that open place over there, with the big clump of bushes behind it?"</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THEY SET A PIGEON NET</div>
+
+<p>"Well, I guess that's all right."</p>
+
+<p>"Now, boys," said Davy, "peg down one end of the net. That's it. Spread
+it out. It lies like a tablecloth on a table. Fold it up, so that the
+pole will be on top. Now fasten the springs into the ground. Set them
+and rest the pole on them. Fasten the strings to each spring, so that
+when we pull, the springs will fly up, and throw the pole forward over
+the pigeons. That's right. Now let's try it."</p>
+
+<p>We went back toward the bushes and pulled the strings. The springs threw
+the pole forward, and the net was spread out on the ground.</p>
+
+<p>"How soon can we begin, Davy?" asked John.</p>
+
+<p>"Not for three or four days. We'll fold the net up and set it; and you
+must come <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span>up here every evening and bait the ground by throwing down
+some grain. When the birds get used to the net, we can come up and catch
+them."</p>
+
+<p>John reported to us daily that the birds were getting tamer, and were
+not afraid of the net.</p>
+
+<p>On Saturday we went up and hid in the bushes. John held the strings of
+course. We could see the pigeons picking up the grain, and when a number
+were together, Davy said "Now, John!"</p>
+
+<p>John pulled the strings, and the pole was thrown forward so that the net
+fell over the pigeons. We rushed up and stood on the edge of the net. As
+the pigeons poked their heads up through the meshes, we wrung their
+necks.</p>
+
+<p>We set the net three times and caught a couple of dozen of pigeons. Then
+we went to the house, and John told of the pigeons he had caught.</p>
+
+<p>"Didn't the other boys have anything to do with it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes, they helped, but I pulled the strings."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">BISHOP HANCOCK'S DRESSING-GOWN</div>
+
+<p>"I've noticed that it isn't always the man that pulls the strings who
+does the real solid work," said Mr. Hancock.</p>
+
+<p>We did not have many quarrels or lawsuits in his time. If any dispute
+arose, he interfered, heard both sides, and settled the case. His
+decision ended the matter, for the defeated person knew that every one
+in town would stand by Bishop Hancock's law.</p>
+
+<p>I was playing in the yard with John one afternoon, when Mr. Hancock came
+to the window. He had on a gorgeous flowered silk dressing-gown, and
+instead of his big white wig, wore on his head a cap or turban of the
+same gorgeous silk. I hardly knew him, and stared at him.</p>
+
+<p>"What's the matter, Benny? Oh, it's the dressing-gown and cap. You
+probably took me for some strange East India bird&mdash;a peacock, perhaps.
+It's nothing but some finery my son Thomas sent me to put on in the
+house. After wearing black all my life, it is very pleasant to move
+through the rooms looking like a rainbow."</p>
+
+<p>"You did kind of startle me, sir. I <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span>suppose Joseph's coat must have
+looked a good deal like that."</p>
+
+<p>"Ha, ha, Benny, I guess you're right. And it aroused envy. Mrs. Hancock
+said yesterday that this would make a fine gown. I must be careful to
+whom I show myself in this attire.</p>
+
+<p>"I hear that there is a quarrel between Sam Locke and Jesse Robinson
+over the boundary line between their farms up on the old Salem road.</p>
+
+<p>"I want you to go up there, John, and tell them that I wish both of them
+to meet me at the boundary line to-morrow afternoon at five o'clock. You
+might go with him, Benny, if you have time."</p>
+
+<p>We did our errand, and the two men, in rather a surly manner, promised
+to meet Mr. Hancock. The next afternoon Mr. Hancock gave us a couple of
+stakes, which he told us to sharpen, and then we went up to the Salem
+road together. We found Sam and Jesse sitting on a stone wall, waiting.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Hancock said: "Well, neighbours, I hear that you have a dispute over
+your <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span>boundaries, and that you're going to law about it. That won't do
+at all. I'm not going to have you spending your money fighting this
+matter in one court and then in another, till your money is gone. We can
+clear up the trouble here to-day. State your cases to me, and I can give
+as good a decision as any court. Go on, Sam, and tell your story. Wait
+till he's through, Jesse, before you say a word." Sam told his side of
+the case, and then Jesse, and then Sam had a second chance, and after
+him Jesse again.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">BISHOP HANCOCK'S LAW</div>
+
+<p>Though Sam and Jesse were supposed to do all the talking, yet the bishop
+had his say, too. And he was so sensible and genial that soon there was
+a different feeling between the two men. He told stories of their
+fathers when they were boys; what great friends they were, and how they
+bought adjoining farms to be near each other. "And as for that onion bed
+which marked the southern boundary of Jesse's farm, I have a very good
+idea of where it was. And probably we can see now where it was by the
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span>difference in the grass." He walked along and said, "A big stone with a
+flat top stuck up about twenty feet from the edge of the bed."</p>
+
+<p>"Why, that's just ahead of us," said Jesse.</p>
+
+<p>"I thought so. And now that I've heard your stories, and remember the
+onion bed and the stone, I think that this is the boundary line. Drive a
+stake down here, Benny. Now, neighbours, we've got it settled without
+costing a penny, and I want you to shake hands and be as close friends
+as your fathers were; for you're both good fellows."</p>
+
+<p>How we did enjoy that old man! One day Edmund and John and I were seated
+in his yard, near the stable, mending the pigeon net, and Bishop Hancock
+was oiling a harness hanging just inside the barn, when the gate opened,
+and two old fools came into the yard.</p>
+
+<p>"Good morning, Mr. Hancock."</p>
+
+<p>"Good morning, neighbour Hall and neighbour Perry. You've caught me in a
+nice mess. There's nothing very ministerial about this. Quite different
+from preaching a long sermon <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span>at you; and to tell the truth, I half
+believe we preach too much. My friend Cotton Mather had a story of an
+old Indian who was in jail, about to be hanged for some crime.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">WOULD-BE ELDERS</div>
+
+<p>"A minister visited him in his cell and prayed with him and preached at
+him till the Indian begged the jailer to hurry up the hanging. He
+preferred it to any more talk.</p>
+
+<p>"This harness was getting about as rusty as my old bones and needed
+oiling badly. And now, neighbours, is there anything I can do for you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, Mr. Hancock, your remark just now about your age is to the point.
+Some years ago you had the help of your good son Ebenezer, whose loss we
+all deplore. And some of us have been considering your great age, and
+the numerous and hard duties you perform; and we have thought it might
+be well if you had some assistance and aid. We know that it used to be
+common to have a couple of elders to assist the pastor; and thought that
+you might find it pleasant to revive the office, and have the help of
+two elders."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span>Mr. Hancock thought for a moment and said: "That's an excellent notion.
+But where can we find men ready to fulfil the duties of the office?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, Uriah and me have been talking it over, and we would be willing
+to take the office, for the sake of helping you."</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose you know the duties of elders?"</p>
+
+<p>"No! But you know all about it, and could tell us."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, gentlemen, the duties of elders have never been very clearly
+defined in the church. But latterly they have settled down to this. The
+younger elder is to brush down and harness the pastor's horse when he
+wishes to ride out, and the elder is to accompany him, when he goes out
+of town, and pay his bills. I should be glad to have you appointed."</p>
+
+<p>Uriah gave a gasp, and said: "Hello! It looks as if there was a shower
+coming up, and my hay's out. Good-by, Mr. Hancock; we'll see you another
+day."</p>
+
+<p>The bishop looked after them, as they walked away, and turned round with
+a twinkle <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span>in his eye. Seeing us laughing, he laughed too, and said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">NO ELDERS IN MR. HANCOCK'S DAY</div>
+
+<p>"I don't believe we shall have any elders in Lexington, boys. At least,
+not in my day."</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_III" id="CHAPTER_III"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER III</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">IN WHICH ARE DETAILS OF A GREAT FOX HUNT</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>When the winter came there were a great many quail about our barn.
+Smiling Bill Smith, who worked for us,&mdash;Old Bill Smiley some folks
+called him, on account of the broad grin he always wore,&mdash;said to me:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Them whales, Ben, pretty near bother the life out of me. They creep in
+through the cracks and crannies and eat the grain. If I go over by the
+grain chest, the first thing I know, there's a whir, and a cloud of them
+darts up in front of my face. Sometimes it makes my heart come right up
+in my mouth. I wish there wasn't a whale round the place."</p>
+
+<p>"Quails, Bill. What makes you call them whales?"</p>
+
+<p>"Whales I heard them called when I was a boy, and whales they are to
+me."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">CATCHING QUAIL</div>
+
+<p>"Perhaps you think it was one of these whales that swallowed Jonah?"</p>
+
+<p>"I never did think so, Benny. But if he did, it was a miracle, sure
+enough."</p>
+
+<p>Davy helped me make a figure-4 trap to catch them. One Saturday morning
+I met Edmund down at John Buckman's store, trading some butter and eggs
+for tea and sugar.</p>
+
+<p>"Come up to the house, Edmund. I've got a figure-4 trap; and we'll catch
+some quail."</p>
+
+<p>We set the trap, and put some grain under the box. Several quail flew
+down, hopped about, and soon discovered the grain. While they were
+pecking away at it, they sprang the trap. The box fell over them, and we
+caught three.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, Edmund, you find some grass-seed in the barn, and sprinkle it in a
+line from the door. And I'll go and get the gun, and we'll take a raking
+shot at them."</p>
+
+<p>I went after the gun, and gave it to him. We hid in the barn, and before
+long some more quail flew down and began to eat the seed. When they were
+well in line he fired, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span>and killed four and wounded several. The wounded
+ones hopped about, cried out, and took on piteously, and acted like so
+many little children in distress.</p>
+
+<p>I did not like this at all, and Edmund seemed very much troubled.</p>
+
+<p>"Come on, Edmund. We've got to kill those that are sure to die. The rest
+we will put in a box with some hay, and perhaps they will get well."</p>
+
+<p>We wrung the necks of three, and put the others in a box and covered it
+over.</p>
+
+<p>Then we looked at each other, and Edmund opened his basket, and let
+those we had caught fly away.</p>
+
+<p>"No more quail shooting for me, Ben. They're too human. By George, I
+know just how a murderer feels."</p>
+
+<p>One snowy winter day, Davy came to our barn, where I was foddering the
+cattle, and said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Ben, this storm will be over to-morrow, and will make fine snowshoeing.
+Amos Locke is going with me fox-hunting, and we want you to come too."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">INVITATION TO A FOX HUNT</div>
+
+<p>"I don't know that I can go. Let's talk it over with my brother John."</p>
+
+<p>When John heard us he said: "I guess I can fix things so that you can
+get off. Pitch in, work hard, and do some of the stints that father set
+you for to-morrow, and I will look after your chores."</p>
+
+<p>By the time mother came to the door and blew the horn for supper, we had
+done a great deal of work.</p>
+
+<p>After supper I lit a big pine knot and placed it in the side of the
+fireplace, so that the smoke from it would go up the chimney. It threw a
+pleasant light out into the room. Father was at work on an ox-bow. John
+had a rake into which he was setting some new teeth, and I sat on a
+stool with a wooden shovel between my legs, shelling corn; rasping the
+ears on the iron edge of the shovel, so that the kernels fell into a big
+basket in front of me.</p>
+
+<p>My little brother David was sitting on a bench in the side of the great
+fireplace, reading that terrible poem by the Rev. Michael Wigglesworth,
+called the "Day of Doom," <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span>which tells all about the day of
+judgment,&mdash;how the sinners are doomed to burn eternally in brimstone;
+and the saints are represented as seated comfortably in their armchairs
+in heaven, looking down into the sulphurous pit.</p>
+
+<p>I used to wonder how Mr. Wigglesworth got so thorough a knowledge of
+these two places and of judgment day, and doubts crept into my mind as
+to the accuracy of his description. When I thought of Bishop Hancock
+seated in one of those armchairs, I knew that his soul, at least, would
+be full of pity and sorrow for the poor sufferers below, and I felt that
+the saints ought to be a good deal like him.</p>
+
+<p>I did not envy David his book. It seemed to me that every now and then I
+could see his hair rise up and his eyes bulge out with terror.</p>
+
+<p>Mother stood by the woollen wheel, spinning, and my little sister Ruhama
+sat near her, knitting.</p>
+
+<p>The fire lit up the room and made the pewter dishes on the dresser
+shine.</p>
+
+<p>Above us, hanging from the rafters, were <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>bunches of herbs, crooked-neck
+squashes, and poles on which were strung circular slices of pumpkin
+which were drying, to be made into sauce in the future.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THE "DAY OF DOOM"</div>
+
+<p>David shut up his book, went to mother, and said: "Oh, mother, mother!
+I'm scared to death. Do you suppose I've got to go to hell?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, David. You're a good little boy. Just learn your catechism, go to
+meeting, and be a good boy, and I guess you'll come out all right."</p>
+
+<p>I remembered well how I felt as I read that book, and the hours of
+anguish that it caused me. David got some apples, placed them on the
+hearth in front of the fire; and, in watching them roast and sputter, he
+soon forgot his fears.</p>
+
+<p>John began to talk to father about old times, and soon got him started
+telling stories about hunting.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I used to go after wild turkeys with Will Munroe, the blacksmith,
+when I was a boy. One day we met Ben Wellington, and he said he had just
+come down the Back Road, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span>and had seen a bear in a huckleberry patch,
+and if we'd go with him, we could kill him. He borrowed a gun of Tom
+Fessenden, and we drew our charges, and loaded with a bullet and some
+buckshot. When we got to the place, we crept along carefully, and saw
+the bear stripping off the huckleberries and eating them. He was so busy
+he didn't notice us, and we got quite close to him. Will and I fired,
+and he rose and turned to us, and Ben fired. We ran off a little, loaded
+again, and went back, and found the bear was dead.</p>
+
+<p>"In the winter we used to go fox-hunting. What fun we had! I vum, I'd
+like to go now."</p>
+
+<p>This gave John a good opening, and he said: "Young David Fiske and Amos
+Locke are going after foxes to-morrow, and they want Ben to go with
+them. Benny worked hard to-day, and did most of the jobs that you laid
+out for him to do to-morrow; and I told him that if you would let him
+go, I would do his chores."</p>
+
+<p>"Well," said father, "one can't be young but once in one's life. I
+certainly did have <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span>great fun hunting when I was a boy; and if you'll do
+Benny's chores, I think we can manage to let him go. But it was a pretty
+sly trick of yours, John, to lead the talk around to hunting, and get me
+worked up over it, before you said anything about to-morrow."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">LUXURIOUS LIVING</div>
+
+<p>"I thought it would be a good idea to make you remember how much you
+liked it yourself."</p>
+
+<p>The clock struck nine, and we got up and put our things away. Father
+read a chapter from the Bible. Then I raked up a great mass of red
+coals, and covered them carefully with ashes to keep them alive till the
+morning.</p>
+
+<p>John and I went up to the attic, where we slept; and as I undressed and
+lay down in my straw bed, I could hear the wind hum and whistle as it
+caught on the roof, and cold draughts swept through the attic.</p>
+
+<p>I pulled the blankets and comforter closely about me, and was soon
+asleep, dreaming of foxes.</p>
+
+<p>When I awoke, I jumped out of bed and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span>stepped into some snow that had
+sifted in through the cracks and formed a little drift over my leather
+breeches, which were frozen hard as a board. I shook the snow off them,
+and, grabbing up my clothes, ran downstairs, pulled the ashes off the
+coals, and fanned them till they were bright, and built a good fire in
+the fireplace. I warmed my leather breeches over the fire till they were
+softened so that I could get into them.</p>
+
+<p>It was a little after five o'clock. The snowstorm was over, and the moon
+was shining bright.</p>
+
+<p>Mother came in and said, "Well, Benny, you've built me a nice fire, and
+I hope you'll have a good time."</p>
+
+<p>She hung a pot with some hasty pudding in it over the fire, warmed it
+up, and fried some pork in the skillet. I brought up a jug of cider from
+the cellar, and as I was eating breakfast, father came in and took down
+the gun from over the fireplace. "I think I'll put a new flint in the
+gun, Ben. You don't want to miss fire when you get a chance to shoot at
+a fox. Be careful of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span>the gun. You know it belonged to your Uncle John,
+and he had it with him when he was killed in the Indian fight up to
+York, the same time that Ben Muzzy was captivated and carried off. I
+never take it down without thinking of John. He was dreadful fond of
+hunting, just as you be, Benny. You put me in mind of him."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">BEN STARTS FOR THE FOX HUNT</div>
+
+<p>I pulled some long stockings that belonged to my brother John over my
+own shoes and stockings, put on my woollen frock, and buckled my belt
+round my waist. Father handed me the gun, and said, "Give my respects to
+Dr. Fiske, Benny, and good luck to ye."</p>
+
+<p>When I got outdoors, I slipped my toes under the thongs of the rackets,
+and shuffled along over the fields till I got to the road. The moon was
+bright, and everything was distinct and clear.</p>
+
+<p>I skimmed along over the snow, and William Munroe, the blacksmith, came
+out of his house near the foot of the common, just as I was passing.</p>
+
+<p>"Hello, Benny, you're up early to-day. Where are you bound for?"</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span>"Fox-hunting with Davy Fiske."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, he's a good one at it, and it will be a fine day."</p>
+
+<p>The meeting-house was covered with a casing of snow. As I passed by the
+common I could see lights in Sam Jones's house and in old John Muzzy's.
+I kept on up the road by Jonas Parker's, and when I came in sight of Dr.
+Fiske's place, Davy was outside, waiting for me.</p>
+
+<p>"Hello, Ben! Where have you been? I've been waiting for you these two
+hours."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, pshaw, Davy. This is plenty early. You can't see the least bit of
+daylight yet, and one can't do much with foxes till the sun is well up
+and warms the scent."</p>
+
+<p>The doctor came to the door and said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Don't mind David, Benny. You're early enough. But he's crazy about
+hunting, and wants to be at it all the time. It would be better for him
+if he spent less time at it."</p>
+
+<p>"Father told me to give his respects to you, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"All right, Benny. Now, boys, take things easy, or you'll be tired out
+before you see a fox."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">ZABDIEL</div>
+
+<p>As Davy and I skimmed along over the snow, the day began to break. We
+had only one dog with us, but he was a real good one. His name was
+Zabdiel.</p>
+
+<p>"That's a good dog, Davy, but he's got the funniest name for a dog I
+ever heard. How did he get it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I dunno! Father gave it to him. There was a doctor in Boston
+started this inoculation business for the smallpox. Folks were about
+ready to tear his house down; but he kept on inoculating, his patients
+didn't die, and finally people let up on him. Father thinks a heap of
+this inoculation and sets a store by this Dr. Zabdiel Boylston, and
+named his best horse and dog after him."</p>
+
+<p>"But I should think we ought to have more than one dog with us, Davy."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, ain't we going over to Dog Lane, to pick up little Amos Locke?
+Every one over there hunts and has a dog. When we get there, you'll find
+Amos walking up and down, and all the dogs of Dog Lane following him.
+You won't be looking for <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span>dogs when you get there. The question will be,
+how to get rid of them."</p>
+
+<p>Just then Davy held up his hand. "Hush, Ben," and pointed to a spot
+where the snow had been shaken up. "Give me a racket." I did so. He held
+it over the spot, and stuck his hand under it into the snow. Something
+darted up against the racket, and at the same time I was covered with
+snow from head to foot, and a partridge flew off. Davy laughed. "Why
+didn't you catch him, Ben? I got one." He drew his hand out with a
+partridge in it. He twisted its neck, and we started on again.</p>
+
+<p>"The partridges dive down into the snow, and sleep there, but I don't
+see why those two went to bed so late after the storm was over.
+Something must have disturbed them. If I hadn't the racket to clap over
+the place, I should have lost him. I learned that trick from Amos
+Locke's father.</p>
+
+<p>"But there is Amos, waiting for us, with all the dogs of Dog Lane about
+him. What did I tell you about dogs?"</p>
+
+<p>"Isn't Amos rather young to go fox-hunting, Davy?"</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">AMOS LOCKE</div>
+
+<p>"Sho! That's all you know about it. That little hatchet-faced fellow is
+tougher than a boiled owl, and knows almost as much about foxes and
+birds as I do, and that's saying a good deal. He's big, too, for his
+age, and will be pretty strong, though I don't suppose he will be as
+strong as you are. What do you do, Ben, to make you so strong? I could
+walk the legs off of you; but you've got a terrible grip, and throw me
+just as easy as nothing at all. If you keep on, you'll be as good a
+wrestler as Jonas Parker; and he's the best the whole country round. How
+do you get so strong?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I dunno! Father's strong, and mother's strong. Comes natural, I
+suppose."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, perhaps so. Father's a doctor, and my brothers are going to be
+doctors; but I ain't. I'm going to be a hunter."</p>
+
+<p>Amos shouted: "Hello, Dave and Ben! Where have you been? I'd about
+g-g-given you up." Amos stammered a little, except when he was stirred
+up, and then he stammered a good deal.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, don't you get excited, sonny. We've <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span>got the whole day before us.
+Do you own all these dogs?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, d-darn it, Davy, I can't help it. The whole pack of them keep
+following me all the time, and if I've got a gun, they stick to me like
+g-g-glue."</p>
+
+<p>"Well! They're beauties. Regular full-blooded foxhounds, every one of
+them."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, get out, Dave. They may not be p-p-pretty, but they hunt almost as
+g-good as Zabdiel. Come here, Zab, old boy. I've been trying to get rid
+of them for the last two hours. But they seem to g-g-get out about as
+fast as I p-put them in."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, come on over to Bear's Hill. That's the best place. Call your
+beauties in."</p>
+
+<p>We kept on past Corner Hedge and Pine Grove till we came to Listening
+Hill. There the hounds struck a scent, lifted up their heads, bayed, and
+started off on the trail.</p>
+
+<p>At first they went along the foot of Listening Hill, then up it, and
+over the top. We had to take our rackets off, for it was so rocky and
+uneven that we could not use <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span>them. The rocks stuck up through the snow.
+Holding our rackets under our left arms and our guns in our right hands,
+we followed over the crest of the hill, along the high land, and then
+down the slope. Here we put on our rackets again. The dogs were far
+ahead of us. We came to low land with a brook running through it, and in
+the distance could see the dogs.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">BEAVER HOLES</div>
+
+<p>"Hold on, boys," said Davy; "this won't do. That fox is too many for
+us." And putting his fingers to his mouth, he gave three shrill
+whistles. "That will call Zab back. It won't do for us to go fooling
+round on that swamp. It's full of holes, six to eight feet deep, that
+they call beaver holes. I don't know why; perhaps the beaver made them
+when they were here. If you get into one of them, it's all up with you,
+and the snow covers everything up so smooth that we can't tell where
+they are. That fox don't live here anyway, and is making straight for
+home, and he may live ten miles off.</p>
+
+<p>"There's a nice spring of water in the side of Listening Hill. We'd
+better go over <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>to it and have something to eat, and then we can start
+out again."</p>
+
+<p>We went to the spring and had a good drink. Then we took out the food
+that our mothers had put up for us. We munched away, and before long Zab
+came back.</p>
+
+<p>"I wonder where those other fool dogs are," said Davy.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, they're all right. They'll come to Dog Lane to-night all b-beat
+out, and they'll let me alone for a week."</p>
+
+<p>"I tell you what it is," said Davy. "We ought never to have gone on that
+trail. We ought to have gone to Bear's Hill, just as we started to.
+There's always some foxes at Bear's Hill that live there, and don't want
+to leave home. Let's go after them."</p>
+
+<p>After we had eaten our fill we threw the rest of our food on the snow,
+and Zab gulped it down in no time and had a contented look, probably
+thinking of those other dogs with their empty bellies.</p>
+
+<p>We started off for Bear's Hill, and Davy said: "This is a different kind
+of a place. Foxes that you find here belong here."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">THE FOX HUNT</div>
+
+<p>We came on a fox track, and Zab started off on it, and we after him.
+First we went along one side of the hill, then over it, and we had to
+take off our rackets again. Then along the foot of the hill, and Davy
+said: "He lives here. We'll get him. Pull off your frock, Ben." And he
+began to pull off his.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, Amos, you go up that lane till you come to a gap in the hill. A
+stone wall crosses it, and almost always when you hunt round this hill,
+the fox comes down that gully to the stone wall. Get behind a bush near
+the wall; and you'll see the fox come down the hollow to it. And he will
+put his fore paws up on the wall, and wait a moment to hark for the dog.
+When he does that, you give it to him. Take our frocks, and if you feel
+cold, put one of them on. Wait there, and keep your eyes and ears open."</p>
+
+<p>Amos went up the lane, and we followed Zab. At last he seemed to be
+coming somewhat toward us.</p>
+
+<p>"Let's spread out a bit, Ben, and try to head the fox off."</p>
+
+<p>He ran to the right, and I followed him, at <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span>some distance behind. We
+could hear that Zab was coming nearer, as we ran, and at last we heard a
+bang.</p>
+
+<p>"The little cuss has got him, I'll bet you. Come on, Ben."</p>
+
+<p>We ran on and came to the gully; and at the lower end of it was Amos,
+with my frock on, which reached down to the ground. He was holding up
+the fox, and Zab was jumping up and down.</p>
+
+<p>"Good boy, Amos! Now tell us about it."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I did just as you t-t-told me, Davy. I went up the lane till I
+c-came to the gully and saw the stone wall. I found a good b-bush about
+twenty-five yards from the wall, and got behind it and waited till I
+began to feel c-cold. I pulled Ben's frock on, and left the neck of it
+open so that I could get the stock of the gun in to my shoulder, and
+spread out your f-frock and knelt on it. Then I heard Zab, and knew that
+he was c-coming toward me. I got ready and saw the fox creeping down the
+g-gully, and he did just as you said he would. When he got to the wall
+he p-put his fore paws upon it, p-pricked up <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>his ears, and moved them
+forward and back as he listened for Zab, and I f-fired. I aimed at his
+b-b-breast and p-put two b-buckshot in his breast and one in his neck."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">DR. FISKE HAS A PATIENT</div>
+
+<p>"Yer done well, Amos. I couldn't a done better myself. He has a good fur
+and is a mighty fine fox."</p>
+
+<p>It was getting pretty well along in the afternoon, and we thought we had
+had enough of hunting. I picked up the fox and carried it for Amos till
+we reached Dog Lane, when he left us. We found the partridge where we
+had tied it to a branch.</p>
+
+<p>When we reached Dr. Fiske's, his sleigh was in front of the door. The
+doctor had put on a small riding wig with an eelskin cue, and was
+getting into his greatcoat.</p>
+
+<p>"You're just in time, Benny; old Francis Whittemore, down at the East
+Village, has had a fit; and I've got to go and see what I can do for
+him. The old man has too much blood, and it's gone to his head. We must
+bleed him. Take the lancets, Jonathan, and the basin too, and a bottle
+of Daffy's Elixir. There's nothing like it to tone up the stomach. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span>Now
+we are all ready. Tie your rackets on behind and sit in the bottom of
+the sleigh, Ben."</p>
+
+<p>The doctor and his son Jonathan got in, and I sat in the straw till the
+doctor pulled up and let me out not far from our house.</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_IV" id="CHAPTER_IV"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER IV</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">TRADING IN THOSE DAYS&mdash;BEN IS APPRENTICED&mdash;THE ENLISTING<br /> SERGEANT&mdash;COURT
+DAY AT CONCORD</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>About this time my life changed a good deal. Bishop Hancock had died
+during the previous winter. Young John was adopted by his Uncle Thomas,
+the Boston merchant, and went to Harvard College. Edmund's mother, who
+had been a widow several years, married Squire Bowman, and went to live
+at his house at the south end of the town. As for myself, I was growing
+up, and had my stint of work with the others. In the spring, driving the
+oxen, while father held the plough. Then came sowing the land and
+planting corn. Then half-hilling and again hilling it. Then helping to
+hay, and to gather in the crops. In the fall, picking apples and making
+cider. And as the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span>winter came on, I helped to kill and dress a steer
+and a couple of hogs, and to put them in the powdering tubs and pickle
+them. Then we hung the hams and sides of bacon up in the chimney to be
+cured. Beside these things the daily care of the cattle and milking kept
+me busy all the time.</p>
+
+<p>And it seemed to me that we got but small return for our labour. We had
+a large barn full of cattle and horses, and the loft full of hay for
+them. A snug home for ourselves and plenty to eat and drink. We raised
+the flax and wool from which our clothes were made. When we killed an ox
+or a calf, the hide was tanned to make into shoes.</p>
+
+<p>But we had very little ready money. Whatever dealings we had with our
+neighbours was done by exchanging goods,&mdash;trading we called it. Trading
+was going on all the time.</p>
+
+<p>One morning, as we boys were walking up the road, and had reached the
+upper end of Captain Esterbrook's land, Edmund said, "Hello, Ben, look
+over there. Captain <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span>Joe Esterbrook and Matthew Mead are trading.
+Whenever you see one man sitting on a log and another walking up and
+down with a straw in his mouth, then they're trading. And the man with
+the straw in his mouth is the one anxious to have the trade go through.
+See how nervous Matthew is, and Captain Joe, sitting on the log
+whittling, looks just as calm and contented as a frog in a puddle. When
+you trade, Ben, don't chew a straw, but sit down and whittle. Captain
+Joe probably wants the trade to go through as much as Matthew does. But
+the whittling keeps his hands and eyes busy, and steadies his nerves. It
+gives him a chance to look as if he didn't care a snap about it."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">TRADING</div>
+
+<p>"I don't think there's any need of Captain Joe whittling," said I. "He's
+as keen as a razor at a trade. I was going by his place a little while
+ago, and he had his old horse Bjax out in front of the stable, showing
+him to a fur trader from the Back Country, whose horse had gone lame.</p>
+
+<p>"'Yes,' says he, 'he's a fine horse, kind and sound, and I wouldn't part
+with him <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span>for anything, if the other one hadn't died. I had a horse
+called Ajax, that I got of one of the professors down to the college,
+and the next one I bought I called Bjax. But now that Ajax is gone,
+there don't seem to be no sense to the name. When I had Ajax, Bjax was
+all right; but Bjax alone sounds sort of ridiculous, and I'll let you
+have him cheap.'</p>
+
+<p>"His black boy, Prince, was hanging round, looking as if a funeral was
+going on. He stepped up, and said, 'Oh, massa, massa. Don't sell that
+horse. That's just the best horse we ever had.' Then the black rascal
+went behind the man, winked at me and grinned."</p>
+
+<p>Late in the fall, after we had killed off some of the cattle, father
+would load a couple of pack-horses with beef and pork, which he sold in
+Salem. For in those days Salem was more easily reached than Boston.
+Probably not more than one or two families in the town spent over twenty
+Spanish dollars in the course of the year.</p>
+
+<p>Money came most readily to those who had a handicraft, and there was
+hardly a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span>house on the main road in which there was not an artificer of
+some kind.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">BEN APPRENTICED TO A BLACKSMITH</div>
+
+<p>A prudent father took care that his son learned a trade. Edmund was sent
+to Concord and became a cordwainer or shoemaker. Davy Fiske was a
+weaver, and soon after the fox hunt I was apprenticed to Robert
+Harrington, to learn the blacksmith's trade. He was a large, strong man,
+of a kindly nature, and was an excellent bass singer. As we worked
+together in his shop, with his son Thaddeus, we frequently sang psalm
+tunes, and his younger son Dan piped in a treble.</p>
+
+<p>One day Major Ben Reed rode up, and brought his horse in to be shod.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, Robert, we're going to have war again with the French. Governor
+Shirley's got word that they are making a settlement and building a fort
+down on our eastern frontier, and has ordered Colonel John Winslow to
+raise a regiment, and go down there to put a stop to it. Captain Frye of
+Littleton is raising a company, and if any of the boys want to join the
+expedition, they'd better enlist with him."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span>Davy Fiske's two older brothers, Jonathan and John, did enlist. They
+joined this company, and so did Joe Locke.</p>
+
+<p>The regiment went up the Kennebec, built a fort, and then half of them
+went further up the river, to the Great Carrying Place, but found no
+settlements, no French nor Indians, nothing but immense and terrible
+swarms of black flies, midges, and bloodsucking mosquitoes; and after
+considerable blood was shed on both sides, they retreated and returned
+home.</p>
+
+<p>This was but the beginning of the great struggle that we had with the
+French for seven long years. In the next year, 1755, early in the
+spring, Colonel Winslow was again ordered to beat his drums through our
+Province, and raise a regiment to proceed against Acadia; and Captain
+Spikeman began to enlist a company in our county.</p>
+
+<p>The captain made his headquarters in Concord at Rowe's Tavern, which was
+kept by Edmund's uncle, Captain Thomas Munroe.</p>
+
+<p>Several times, a sergeant, corporal, and a couple of drummers came down
+to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span>Lexington, and marched through the town, beating a rub-a-dub on
+their drums. The sergeant would speak to the crowd, and try to get them
+to enlist. He would promise them&mdash;well, what wouldn't he promise them?
+Lands, booty, rich farms, the chance of becoming a general at least. He
+was an oily-tongued fellow, and Uriah Hall's son Uriah, Phineas Parker,
+and Tom Blanchard enlisted with him. He and his drummers stopped at our
+shop one day, and he came in. He placed his halberd in a corner, brushed
+the dust from the top of a box, and sat down.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">EXPEDITION TO ACADIA</div>
+
+<p>"Well, which of you young men is going to serve the King? There never
+was such a chance for a soldier as this. Here we are, going down to the
+richest country in the world, to turn these Acadians out of house and
+home; and any soldier who wants a farm can have it for the asking.
+Richest soil in the world. You can raise anything there. Level as a
+table, all cleared, not a stone in it, farm tools, housen and outhousen,
+and everything all ready for you. Hundreds of acres for the asking, and
+lots of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span>booty besides. What better chance do you want?"</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Harrington, who was leaning on his hammer by the forge, asked:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"But why do you turn them out? Why don't you let them alone?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why do we turn them out? Because we must. That country has belonged to
+England for forty-two years. And not one of those people will take the
+oath of allegiance. They have the easiest time in the world. Not a penny
+of taxes was ever asked them, and they have been treated like pet lambs.
+Their priests tell them not to take the oath of allegiance, and they
+expect every year that the King of France will retake the country."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, what of it? They say they are neutrals, and if you leave them
+alone, and they mind their own business, and till their farms, they'll
+come round all right in the end."</p>
+
+<p>"Will they? They're the funniest neutrals you ever saw. They are dead
+set against England, and claim to belong to France. If a garrison wants
+to buy food, not a bit <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span>will they sell. But when the French and Indians
+make an inroad into the country, they run to them, give them all they
+have, join in with them, and fight us. When the French are driven back,
+they scatter and go back to their farms, as innocent as can be. No, sir.
+There's no getting on with them. It has been tried over forty years. The
+only way to stop this constant trouble and fighting is to carry the
+whole of them out of the country, and give their rich farms to good,
+honest young men like these here.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THE ACADIANS MUST BE DRIVEN OUT</div>
+
+<p>"Come now! Take the King's shilling. Serve his Majesty, good King
+George, for a few months; and you can live like lords for the rest of
+your days."</p>
+
+<p>Thaddeus and I were mightily tempted by the man's talk, but Mr.
+Harrington said that he could not spare us, and that we were too young,
+anyhow. "And very likely, boys, instead of hundreds of acres, with
+housen and outhousen, and farm tools, and booty, all that you'd get
+would be six feet of ground and a pine box."</p>
+
+<p>The days when the court sat at Concord <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span>were holidays with us, and the
+people flocked up there to see the court come in, and to watch the
+trials. And this spring, Spikeman's company was there too.</p>
+
+<p>On the second day of court I rode to Concord, found Edmund at the
+tavern, and we went round the town together.</p>
+
+<p>The court had disposed of some cases already. We saw a couple seated on
+the gallows, with ropes round their necks.</p>
+
+<p>"Are they going to hang them, Edmund?"</p>
+
+<p>"Not unless they tumble off and hang themselves. I suppose they put them
+up there to show that hanging would be none too good for them. Look at
+those fellows in the stocks. They don't belong here, and did not leave
+when warned out of town by the constable."</p>
+
+<p>Near by the stocks was the pillory. There was a man standing in it, with
+his head and hands sticking out through the holes. Of all humiliating
+punishments, this always seemed to me to be the worst. A man in that
+position looks thoroughly mean and contemptible. He appears to be put
+there on purpose to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span>have something thrown at him; and it offers a
+temptation that boys cannot withstand.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THE PILLORY</div>
+
+<p>"Bill Wheeler's been missing his hens right along. He suspected this
+man, and caught him one night, and the judge sentenced him to stand in
+the pillory. There's Bill over there; listen to him!"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, you miserable thief, how do you like it now? I had a good deal of
+trouble to catch you; but it was worth while. You like hens? I wonder
+how you will like hen-fruit."</p>
+
+<p>He turned aside, and I heard him say to a boy: "Here's a shilling,
+Hiram. They tell me eggs are pretty cheap up at the store, specially
+poor ones."</p>
+
+<p>The boys asked the man in the pillory all manner of impudent questions.
+He resented it, and threatened them, when plump went a couple of eggs
+against the boards near his head, and the yolks spattered over his face.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't! Don't you do that, boys! That's mighty mean. When I get out,
+won't I give you a licking!"</p>
+
+<p>More eggs were thrown, and as he ducked his head, one struck him on the
+top of his <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span>pate. When he raised it, the yellow yolk ran down over his
+cheeks. Edmund and I told the boys to stop throwing eggs.</p>
+
+<p>"We ain't doing nothing, and 'tain't your business, anyhow."</p>
+
+<p>We stood guard over the boys till we saw the crowd turn toward the
+whipping-post; and the boys went there to see a man tied to it, and
+soundly thrashed on his bare back with the cat-o'-nine-tails.</p>
+
+<p>"I've had enough of this, Edmund. Come over to the tavern."</p>
+
+<p>The drummers were beating their drums in front of the inn, and the
+sergeants were telling their story of the glory, honour, and booty to be
+gained.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Spikeman stood near by, and if he saw a likely looking man, who
+seemed to be tempted, he would begin talking to him, and ask him into
+the tavern to have a mug of flip. Soon after, the sergeant would be
+called in to pin a cockade on his hat and give him the King's shilling
+to enlist him.</p>
+
+<p>Edmund knew all the officers, who lived at the tavern, and was full of
+enthusiasm. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span>"Ben, I'd like to go ever so much. I've set my heart on
+being a soldier. But my time isn't up, and I must serve out my
+apprenticeship."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">RECRUITING</div>
+
+<p>"That's just my fix. But if the war lasts, we may get a chance yet."</p>
+
+<p>In the afternoon I bade him good-by, and rode back home.</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_V" id="CHAPTER_V"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER V</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">PIGEON TUESDAY AND ITS EXPLOITS</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>Davy Fiske had become a weaver, as I said, and as there were several
+David Fiskes in town, he was called Weaver David. We used to send yarn
+up to him to weave, and I wore clothes made of cloth that came from his
+loom. Early that same spring he came down to the blacksmith's shop with
+one of his father's horses to be shod, and as I was getting ready, said:
+"Ben, it's awful to see the boys going off to the war, having all this
+fun fighting the French and Indians, and to be shut up in that
+confounded loom, listening to its clatter, when there's so much going
+on. Jonathan and John have just gone off again, and I must stay at home.
+But the pigeons are flying now, and next Tuesday will be Pigeon Tuesday.
+They always fly on that day. And there will be rafts of them <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span>flying
+down to the shore. I suppose they go to get a taste of salt, and must
+have it, just like the cattle. Amos Locke and I are going after them up
+on Bull Meadow Hill, and we want you to come too."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">WILD PIGEONS</div>
+
+<p>"I'll go, Davy, if I can get off."</p>
+
+<p>After I had shod the horse, I spoke to Mr. Harrington about it. He said:
+"You won't need but half a day, Ben. The shooting will be all over by
+nine o'clock, and you can come back and work in the afternoon."</p>
+
+<p>In the spring flights of pigeons came north very early. They lived in
+the woods and swamps, and as soon as it began to be light flew down to
+the shore.</p>
+
+<p>As they came along, we used to toll them down with our decoys. The
+flight was almost always over by nine o'clock.</p>
+
+<p>When they returned in the evening, they paid no attention to decoys, but
+made straight for their roost.</p>
+
+<p>Tuesday morning, I was at Davy's house a couple of hours before sunrise
+and, as usual, found him grumbling because I had not come an hour
+earlier.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span>There was a bright moon, and we had plenty of light as we walked over
+the fields, and Davy told me wonderful stories of his hunting. He was
+full of superstitions, and had settled on this day as the one particular
+day in the year when there would be a great flight of pigeons.</p>
+
+<p>"Pigeon Hill, off there to our right, is a pretty good place for
+pigeons. It's on our land, and I've got a pigeon rig up there. But Bull
+Meadow Hill is higher and a good deal better. It belongs to Amos's
+folks. He has a pigeon rig and pole on it, and it will be all ready.
+Amos says Bull Meadow got its name because a bull was drowned in a ditch
+there nigh on to a hundred years ago."</p>
+
+<p>We reached Bull Meadow and went up the hill. Amos was there waiting for
+us.</p>
+
+<p>"Where have you fellows b-been? I've been at work here for an hour and
+have got things pretty near ready. I put some new boughs on the booth so
+that it l-looks all r-right, and I've got a couple of flyers and a
+flutterer in that basket."</p>
+
+<p>We entered the booth from the rear. The <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span>front was open from the
+covering to within three feet of the ground, so that we could stand up
+and shoot, and when we crouched down, would be hidden.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THE PIGEON RIG</div>
+
+<p>In front of the booth was a post about four feet high, in one side of
+which the end of a pole about five feet long was fastened so that it
+worked as if on a hinge. A string was tied to the pole and ran over the
+top of the post. By pulling the string, the further end of the pole
+could be raised or lowered by a person in the booth. Further from the
+booth the top and branches of a small tree had been cut off, leaving a
+standard twelve feet high, and to this a pole about twenty feet long had
+been fastened, so that it looked a good deal like a well sweep.</p>
+
+<p>The end of the pole pointed toward the hut, but not directly. It slanted
+a little to one side in order that when the pigeons lighted on the pole
+we could get a good raking shot at them. Our pigeons had soft pads of
+leather called boots sewed round each leg to protect them from the
+strings which we fastened to them. We tied the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span>strings to the boots of
+a pigeon, sewed a bandage over his eyes, and tied him to the further end
+of the pigeon stool. This was the stool pigeon. We also called him the
+flutterer or hoverer.</p>
+
+<p>"Now give us the flyers."</p>
+
+<p>Amos took out two more pigeons, and we tied long and strong strings to
+their boots.</p>
+
+<p>"Now they're ready. But there's hardly enough string for the long flyer.
+We ought to let him go up at least forty feet."</p>
+
+<p>"Cut a little off the string of the short flyer then, and tie it on to
+the other. The strings were the same length."</p>
+
+<p>We looked round, to see if any pigeons were flying, but none were in
+sight.</p>
+
+<p>"There don't seem to be any about. I'm afraid, Davy, Pigeon Tuesday
+won't be a success this time."</p>
+
+<p>"You wait. They'll be here by and by."</p>
+
+<p>"They're f-flying well now. I was f-fishing in Swithin Reed's mill
+p-pond, yesterday afternoon, and Venus Roe came over and said that
+Swithin shot a lot of pigeons in the m-morning."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">A FLIGHT IN SIGHT</div>
+
+<p>"Venus Roe! Who's she?"</p>
+
+<p>"D-don't you know? She's a little n-nigger girl about twelve years old,
+and belongs to Swithin. Some one in B-Boston gave her to him when she
+was a baby."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes! I remember now. I've heard father tell of meeting Swithin
+riding out from Boston, with a keg of rum in one saddle bag, and out of
+the other was sticking the head of a three-year-old nigger."</p>
+
+<p>"Here comes a flight. Send up your long flyer, Amos."</p>
+
+<p>Amos threw the flyer up. We watched the pigeons. They seemed to be
+coming toward us.</p>
+
+<p>"Now send up the short flyers."</p>
+
+<p>"They're coming to us. Pull the flyers down and keep hidden. Pull away
+at the string, Ben, and work the pole, so that the hoverer will keep his
+wings fluttering. Keep on, Ben. They see him."</p>
+
+<p>The pigeons flew toward the flutterer, made a swirl in the air, and
+began to light on the pigeon pole. We took up our guns, and as they were
+hovering about the pole, trying <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span>to get a foothold, we fired, and ran
+out and picked up twenty-nine pigeons.</p>
+
+<p>"That isn't bad," said Davy. "I tell you, Pigeon Tuesday is the day.
+There will be more along soon."</p>
+
+<p>The sky was all crimson and gold in the east. We looked toward Mt.
+Gilboa; the red face of the sun began to show itself. As it rose above
+the hill, we heard the stroke of the bell.</p>
+
+<p>"Some one's d-dead.&mdash;Hark! Only one stroke. It's a child. One for a
+c-child, two for a woman, and three strokes for a man."</p>
+
+<p>"I know who it is. Father was called up to Sam Hadley's last night.
+Little Benoni Mead was very poorly, and they didn't think he'd last
+through the night."</p>
+
+<p>Poor little Benoni! His father, Cornelius Mead, had died of camp fever
+in the war; his mother and he had come on the town for support, and had
+been boarded with her brother, Sam Hadley, not far from Bull Meadow
+Hill. Benoni had always been ailing, and of late had failed rapidly.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">ANOTHER FLIGHT OF PIGEONS</div>
+
+<p>"Well, boys," said Davy, "let's get back to work. It won't do Benoni any
+good to be mooning round."</p>
+
+<p>We watched for pigeons again, and another small flight came along. We
+worked our decoys and got twenty.</p>
+
+<p>After that we waited a long time,&mdash;till nearly nine o'clock. Then Davy
+and I gave it up, and decided to go home. Davy had some work to do. But
+Amos said he would stay a little while longer. We made a division of our
+pigeons, and Davy and I started for home.</p>
+
+<p>We had not gone more than half a mile when we saw a terrible big flight.</p>
+
+<p>"I wonder if Amos will get a shot at them, Ben. Let's get back as quick
+as we can. We may be in time."</p>
+
+<p>We threw down our pigeons, and made through the woods as fast as we
+could. As we were running up the hill, we heard a bang.</p>
+
+<p>"Confound the luck," said Davy, "we're just too late! Let's hurry up and
+help Amos."</p>
+
+<p>When we got to the top of the hill Amos <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span>was running round, twisting the
+necks of the wounded pigeons. As soon as he saw us, he stood up and
+began:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"H-H-He&mdash;" But he was too excited, and couldn't get the words out. He
+pointed to the pigeons, and kept on catching them and twisting their
+necks. We did the same. When we got through, Davy asked, "What was it
+that you were saying to us when we got here? I didn't quite catch it."</p>
+
+<p>"No! It sort er st-stuck on the way; 'h-help me' is pretty hard to say
+sometimes. I t-t-tell you, b-boys, there was millions of 'em, an-and I
+guess I shot a barrel full. When I saw that b-big flight coming, I
+wished you were here, and then I was g-glad you were not. For I w-wanted
+to see h-how many I should get. They came just like a b-big cloud, and
+began to light on that p-pole, and the air was just f-full of them. You
+c-couldn't see anything but pigeons. I blazed away, and the ground was
+c-covered with them.</p>
+
+<p>"I was t-tickled enough to see you fellows jump in and help me. I
+w-wonder how many there are. Let's count them."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">AMOS MAKES A GREAT SHOT</div>
+
+<p>We gathered them up, and there were fifty-two.</p>
+
+<p>"Hurrah! One f-for every week in the year!"</p>
+
+<p>Amos had a good many adventures in his life afterward, fighting with the
+French and Indians. But that shot was the one particular thing that made
+life a joy to him.</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_VI" id="CHAPTER_VI"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER VI</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">A PAUPER'S FUNERAL&mdash;BEN'S FRIEND THE MINISTER, AND BEN'S VICTORY IN
+WRESTLING</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>When I returned to the shop, Mr. Harrington said: "I'm glad you're back,
+Ben. The rest of the selectmen have left the care of Benoni Mead's
+funeral to me, and I've got a lot of things to do. We must have some
+gloves and scarves for the bearers, and you'll have to ride down to
+Charlestown to buy them."</p>
+
+<p>I mounted a horse and rode through Menotomy and over the Plains. There
+was a sharp breeze blowing; and as I neared the Neck, I heard a creaking
+as if a rusty hinge was being turned.</p>
+
+<p>Looking to the left, I saw a negro hanging in gibbets at the foot of a
+ledge. The wind made the body sway to and fro, and the grating of the
+chains caused the noise. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span>The sight made cold shivers go up my back, and
+I hurried on till I reached Cheever's store near the Boston ferry and
+bought the gloves and scarves.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">BENONI'S FUNERAL</div>
+
+<p>On the next day little Benoni was buried. Days on which there were
+funerals were half-holidays, that every one might attend. When I arrived
+at the Hadley house, there were a number of men near the door, and
+others leaning on the fence. The town bier stood in front of the house,
+and the pall was over it.</p>
+
+<p>I went into the house and looked at Benoni. His thin little face was
+peaceful and happy as if he had found rest and an end of pain. Old Seth
+Green slouched in after me. Winter pig we used to call him, he was so
+sleek and fat. He looked at Benoni with a woe-begone expression, and,
+turning away, helped himself to some liquor which stood on a table.</p>
+
+<p>I followed him out and heard him say to Amos Muzzy: "Have you been in to
+see Benoni? Looks real sweet and pretty. Mighty good rum the town
+provided. Some <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span>of Buckman's best. Poor little fellow! I think I'll go
+in and take another look at him."</p>
+
+<p>The minister, Mr. Clark, now came. He made a short prayer, and then the
+coffin was placed on the bier and covered with the pall. Some of the
+most prominent men in the town were the pall-bearers. They placed the
+bier on their shoulders, and the procession followed them. As we passed
+the meeting-house, the bell tolled. When we reached the burying-yard,
+the coffin was lowered into the grave. The minister made another short
+prayer. Earth was thrown on the coffin, the grave was filled in, and we
+departed.</p>
+
+<p>I say the minister, Mr. Clark. For some time after the death of Mr.
+Hancock we had no settled pastor. Ministers came and preached awhile for
+us and then departed. We had become so accustomed to the old bishop that
+it seemed as if no one could satisfy us or fill his place. It was not
+till late in the previous year that we found the man who suited.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Jonas Clark, a young college <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span>graduate, preached to us, and we were
+mutually pleased. The town voted to request him to become our pastor. He
+accepted, and was ordained in November. The town voted one hundred
+pounds for the celebration. The Governor's Council came out from Boston.
+Deputations were sent from the surrounding towns, and we had a great
+time, hours of preaching and hours of feasting. People loved Mr. Hancock
+for his great common sense, his bluff, hearty, jovial manner, and the
+wit and humour that abounded in him at a time when most ministers
+thought it their duty to look as solemn as a gravestone.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THE NEW MINISTER</div>
+
+<p>Mr. Clark became as much beloved and respected as Mr. Hancock, and yet
+he did not resemble him. His manners were elegant. He was learned, able,
+and very polite. Neat as wax, he made us feel ashamed of our slovenly
+ways. He was not the bluff, hale fellow the old bishop was, who
+compelled us to do what he knew was right.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Clark had a kind heart, a keen, clear mind. Though he guided us with
+a firm <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span>hand, it was done in such a gentle and polite manner, that we
+rarely felt how completely we were under his control.</p>
+
+<p>And though he was a student and his tastes were delicate, still he did
+not frown upon our rude sports, provided they were not low or brutal.
+"They make the body erect and supple and give strength and elasticity to
+the muscles. The body should be cultivated as well as the mind. What we
+want is a sound mind in a sound body."</p>
+
+<p>Wrestling was the great sport in those days, and I was always fond of
+it. I was very strong naturally, and my trade as blacksmith had
+toughened my muscles wonderfully.</p>
+
+<p>Our strongest man and best wrestler was Jonas Parker. You would hardly
+have suspected it; for though he had rather a grim, determined look, he
+was a quiet, staid, religious man and a great lover of reading.</p>
+
+<p>A few years before, he had bought some land of Dr. Fiske and built a
+house not far from Bishop Hancock's and constantly borrowed and read his
+books.</p>
+
+<p>He was also a great lover of wrestling, knew <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span>all the tricks, and had
+the reputation of being the best man in our county at it.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">BEN PRACTISES WRESTLING</div>
+
+<p>He watched me wrestling with the other boys, and one day said to me:
+"Ben, you've got the making of a great wrestler in you. Come up to my
+house when you can, and I'll teach you what I know about it."</p>
+
+<p>On holidays and whenever I got a chance, I went up to his place, and we
+would walk down to a grove back of his barn and wrestle. We kept this up
+all the spring and summer, and he taught me the different throws.</p>
+
+<p>He said: "You're coming on at a great rate, Ben. When you get your full
+strength, I think you'll be as good or a better wrestler than I am, and
+there's not such a great difference even now. I don't think we had ever
+better wrestle in earnest, for it might make bad blood between us. We
+can wrestle together for practice and leave it undecided which is the
+better man."</p>
+
+<p>After wrestling we would go into the house, and he would take out a book
+of plays by William Shakespeare and read from it to me. We were both
+religious men and did not <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span>believe in play acting. But plays like these
+could do no harm. Jonas loved this man's writings next to the Bible, and
+I saved up money and bought a copy of the book myself. Mr. Clark had the
+same love for Shakespeare, and often when we stopped wrestling, as it
+began to grow dark, Jonas would say that Mr. Clark had asked him to come
+down to his house with me, and he would read to us. The plays seemed
+much finer as he read them in his clear voice and explained them to us,
+for by ourselves we only saw a portion of their beauties.</p>
+
+<p>Jonas and I were at his house one August evening of this year, 1757, and
+Mr. Clark had just begun to read, when Dr. Fiske rode up, and pulling up
+his horse, called out: "Mr. Clark! Mr. Clark! There's bad news&mdash;very bad
+news from the army. Colonel Brattle has received word from General Webb
+that the French army were advancing to attack Fort William Henry, and he
+was afraid it would be taken. Good-by!"</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Clark shut up the book and said: "This is no night for Shakespeare.
+Let us pray for the safety of our army."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">BAD NEWS FROM THE ARMY</div>
+
+<p>Two days afterward, another messenger rode up to our shop.</p>
+
+<p>"There has been a great disaster. Fort William Henry is taken, and the
+garrison has been massacred."</p>
+
+<p>"Go on! How did it happen?"</p>
+
+<p>"Colonel Munro was at the fort with a small force. Montcalm advanced
+with his army to attack it. Munro sent to Webb for re&euml;nforcements. He
+promised to send them and did send a few. Munro again asked for more
+men, but Webb didn't let a man go. Montcalm attacked the fort, battered
+it to pieces, and finally the garrison was compelled to surrender. They
+were to deliver up their arms and then were to be allowed to march off
+to the English army. They gave up their guns and started back to Webb,
+but before they got far they were set upon by the Indians and most of
+them massacred. Some few escaped to Webb's army."</p>
+
+<p>"And what was Webb doing all this time?"</p>
+
+<p>"Shaking in his shoes, I guess. He is now; for he has sent messengers
+everywhere for re&euml;nforcements."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span>"The miserable coward! We'll send him men, but he ought to be hanged."</p>
+
+<p>The next day a number of men set out under Captain Blodgett.</p>
+
+<p>I wished to go very much, but Mr. Harrington said: "It's too late in the
+season for them to do anything. They will just sit down and watch each
+other. Your time is up next spring, and if you want to go then, I'll let
+you off early."</p>
+
+<p>So I stayed at home, and it was well I did, for the company only got as
+far as Springfield, where they were met by messengers from Webb, who had
+got over his fright, telling them to return. They came back to
+Lexington, having been out only twelve days.</p>
+
+<p>When they returned, we had a great jollification. The company marched to
+the training-field, and went through the exercises. Crowds gathered
+round and ate gingerbread and drank beer.</p>
+
+<p>A lot of worthless fellows used to wander round the country, and pick up
+a living by wrestling and betting on themselves. Such a man appeared on
+the training-field that day.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">THE ESSEX COUNTY CHAMPION</div>
+
+<p>"Here I am, boys, at your service,&mdash;Sam Sloan, the champion wrestler of
+Essex County. I've wrestled with the best men of every town in the
+county,&mdash;Newburyport, Ipswich, Gloucester, Marblehead, Salem,&mdash;and
+thrown them all. I've been from one end of the county to the other, and
+not a man can stand up against me. I hear you've got the best man in
+Middlesex in this town, and I've come to throw him. If you think I
+can't, make your bets. I've got ten pounds with me, and I want to bet
+every penny of it."</p>
+
+<p>He found plenty of men who were ready to bet with him, for all had
+confidence in Jonas.</p>
+
+<p>Some one ran after Jonas and brought him to the place where this man was
+boasting.</p>
+
+<p>"So, you're Jonas Parker, the best man in Middlesex? Well, you look as
+if you could wrestle a bit, but you'll know more about it, after I get
+through with you."</p>
+
+<p>Jonas said nothing, but took off his jacket and waistcoat, and looked at
+him quietly, with a grim smile.</p>
+
+<p>Then they grappled each other, and I watched them anxiously. It did not
+seem to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span>me that Jonas was exerting himself fully or doing his very
+best. But the man from Essex was laid on the ground in a short time.</p>
+
+<p>He jumped up furious. "That was an accident. Just a piece of bad luck.
+My foot slipped on something in the grass. It wasn't a fair wrestle.
+Come on and try it again. I can throw you as easy as tumbling off a
+log."</p>
+
+<p>"Wait a minute," said Jonas; "pay your bets, and then we'll talk."</p>
+
+<p>The man pulled out his wallet, paid his bets, and said, "Now, come on,
+and I'll show you what wrestling is."</p>
+
+<p>"Wait a bit," said Jonas; "don't hurry! You talk big. But you must first
+prove that you are a wrestler. There's a likely lad here, and if you
+wrestle him, and show that you can wrestle, you can take an hour's time
+to get fresh, and I'll try you again."</p>
+
+<p>The man blustered; but Jonas turned away, and coming to me, said: "Now,
+Ben, I want you to show these people what there is in you. You can throw
+him if you only make up your mind to it. You are very <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span>strong in the
+arms, and if I were you, I'd give him a grip at first just to show him
+your strength, and to put a little fear into him."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A LIKELY LAD</div>
+
+<p>Father stepped up, and said: "Jonas, what are you up to? Ben can never
+wrestle that man."</p>
+
+<p>"Neighbour Comee! You don't know what Ben can do at wrestling, and I do.
+And faith! I have a suspicion he's the best wrestler in the county."</p>
+
+<p>Then Jonas led me to the man. "This is the lad."</p>
+
+<p>"Lad! Why, he's as big as you be. How old are you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Twenty, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, come on."</p>
+
+<p>We caught hold of each other, and I gave him a grip that made him gasp.
+We broke away, and he looked at me, panting, and said:</p>
+
+<p>"What be ye, anyhow? You've got a hug like a black bear."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, that's nothing. That's just a little love squeeze to show you how
+much I like you."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, come on again; I'll show you what wrestling is."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span>He was not so strong as I, and I hustled him round in a lively way; but
+he knew a good deal about wrestling, and kept his feet well. We
+struggled for a while, and I squeezed him and shook him up, and then
+tried Jonas's pet throw. He went to the ground like a log, and lay there
+stunned.</p>
+
+<p>I was scared at first, for I thought I had killed him, but Jonas said:
+"He's all right, Ben. Just stand back, boys, and give him a little air."</p>
+
+<p>He came to in a short time, sat up, and after looking about him got up
+and said: "A likely lad! I should say so. A kind of mixture of bear,
+wildcat, and greased lightning. I must get out of this town quick, or
+you'll be setting some child at me, and I don't know what would happen."</p>
+
+<p>He jammed his hat on his head, took his coat and waistcoat under his
+arm, and hurried away.</p>
+
+<p>Of course, I got great credit and praise, for no one but Jonas knew that
+I was a first-class wrestler; and the men all felt proud to have another
+man in the town almost as good at it as Jonas.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">BEN WARNED AGAINST FALSE PRIDE</div>
+
+<p>Amos and Davy had been staring at me, open-mouthed. Both of them came up
+and shook hands with me in a most respectful manner. Father took me by
+the arm and walked home with me, giving me a lecture all the way on the
+vanity of foolish games and warning me to beware of a false pride in my
+strength.</p>
+
+<p>But when I had taken the basin, and was washing my face and hands by the
+back door, I could hear him telling mother about it, as jubilant as one
+of those old Hebrews over the fall of his enemies.</p>
+
+<p>Goodness! If I had displayed the vanity and false pride that he showed
+over me, I don't know what punishment he would not have given me.</p>
+
+<p>When I came in, he bottled himself up, and looked at me in a sad,
+reproving manner. But I knew he was as happy as a man could be. Mother
+did not like it, and I had to assure her again and again that I was not
+hurt. She began to talk about giving me some herb tea, and I got out of
+the house as quickly as possible.</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_VII" id="CHAPTER_VII"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER VII</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">TALES FROM THE FRONTIER&mdash;MR. TYTHINGMAN AND HIS SERVICES</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>This long war was a terrible strain on our Province. Some man from
+almost every family in town was with the army at Lake George. The value
+of our currency had fallen, and nearly one-half of what we earned and
+produced went to pay the heavy taxes.</p>
+
+<p>The Provinces did not work well together. There were rivalries and
+dissensions among them. The French were united, and their army was led
+by an able commander, the Marquis Montcalm.</p>
+
+<p>Our generals were mostly incompetent men who owed their positions to
+influence at court.</p>
+
+<p>We kept up the bitter struggle, hoping that at last we should have a
+general capable of coping with Montcalm.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">EDMUND ENLISTS</div>
+
+<p>It was a gloomy time, but we kept pegging away in a resolute manner, for
+it was a question whether we or the French should be masters of this
+country; whether we should keep our farms and have a roof over our heads
+or should be overrun by murderous Indians. And arrangements were made to
+have a larger army in the field than ever before.</p>
+
+<p>About the middle of January, Edmund sent me word from Concord that
+Captain Robert Rogers was enlisting men for a new company in his corps
+of Rangers. He said: "I have joined the company and have been made
+sergeant. Rogers will return to Boston by the way of Lexington and will
+stay over night at Jonathan Raymond's tavern. Come up there sure and see
+me."</p>
+
+<p>As father and I were working in the barn, I said to him: "Father, I
+think the time has come when I ought to go to the war. You promised that
+I might enlist in the spring. But I'd a good deal rather go with this
+man Rogers and do some fighting than sit round doing nothing and die of
+camp disease as the rest of the army have been doing."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span>He kept on for a while pitching the hay down in front of the cattle, and
+then leaned on his pitchfork.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, Ben, I suppose you really ought to go. One man out of every four
+in the Province is in the army, and we should do our share. I am too
+old. John has just got married, and David is but a boy. You're the right
+age and the one to go. I think as you do, that it's better to do some
+fighting, and take one's chances of being killed by a bullet rather than
+by camp fever.</p>
+
+<p>"Those French and Indians killed and scalped my brother John, and since
+this war began I have often wanted to have a hand in it myself, to get
+even with them, but I'm too old.</p>
+
+<p>"You can go, Ben. There's lots of miserable wretches and immorality and
+profanity among the regulars. I want you to remain a good boy, as you
+always have been. I need not tell you to be brave. You will be that.</p>
+
+<p>"Ben, I scolded you about that wrestling match, but I was awful proud of
+you and happy over it."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">THE RAYMOND TAVERN</div>
+
+<p>"I knew that, father. Do you suppose I didn't notice you chuckling to
+yourself when you thought no one saw you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I suppose you did, you young rascal; I couldn't help it, I was
+that surprised and delighted. To think of Jonas Parker telling me he
+didn't know but that you were a better wrestler than he. And to see you
+hustle that man about and throw him made me so proud that I felt ashamed
+and humbled. And when you thought I was scolding you, I was really
+reproving my own sinful vanity and pride."</p>
+
+<p>After supper we went up to the Raymond Tavern. Quite a crowd of men were
+in the bar-room. They were seated in front of a great fire of logs and
+peat. Captain Rogers was in their midst.</p>
+
+<p>Edmund came up, and made us acquainted with the captain. He shook hands
+with me, and turning to father, said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"This is a likely young fellow, Mr. Comee. I wish I could have him with
+me in my corps."</p>
+
+<p>"It is possible," said father. "We have <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span>had some slight talk about it.
+We will think it over."</p>
+
+<p>Rogers was a big man, over six feet high, well proportioned, and
+apparently very strong. Later on I learned that his strength was
+wonderful. His features were prominent, strong, but not agreeable. His
+eyes were not good eyes. At times, a hard, cruel look came into his
+face.</p>
+
+<p>He seemed to be a man of great hardihood, of great presence of mind,
+keen and unscrupulous,&mdash;a man I should not wish for a neighbour.</p>
+
+<p>In answer to a remark that he must find his present life quite different
+from his former life, as a farmer, he said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Not a bit! I never was a farmer. I was brought up in the woods on the
+frontier among wild animals and Indians. My father was a hunter and
+trapper. One day he went out hunting and toward night started to visit
+another hunter at his hut in the woods. His friend mistook him in the
+twilight and shot him. All my life has been spent in the woods, either
+hunting or trading with <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span>the French and Indians, or else fighting them."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A BOWL OF FLIP</div>
+
+<p>Hepzibah Raymond came in with a bowl of flip&mdash;the proper mixture of rum,
+malt beer, and brown sugar.</p>
+
+<p>She set it down on the hearth, and her son John, a cripple, who was
+seated in the fireplace, drew one of the iron loggerheads out of the
+fire, where half a dozen of them were always being heated. He hit it
+against the andiron to knock the ashes off, and plunged it into the
+mixture. A pleasant smell arose from it; he waited till it foamed up,
+and then drew the loggerhead out. Hepzibah passed the bowl to Captain
+Rogers.</p>
+
+<p>"Here's to good King George and confusion to his enemies!"</p>
+
+<p>He took a long draught at it, and then the bowl was passed round.</p>
+
+<p>A man of middle age came into the room, with a whip in his hand, and his
+hat jammed well on his head.</p>
+
+<p>"Good evening, Ephraim."</p>
+
+<p>"Sarvent, sirs!"</p>
+
+<p>"Captain, this is Ephraim Winship. He <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span>knows something about Indian
+fighting. Show him your head, Ephraim."</p>
+
+<p>Ephraim took off his hat, and lifted his wig from his head. He had but
+one eye. There were two bare red spots on top of his head, and between
+them a fringe of hair ran back from his forehead. It gave him a weird
+appearance.</p>
+
+<p>"Hello!" said Rogers. "You've been among the Indians, haven't you? How
+did you lose your scalp or scalps? For I see you have lost two."</p>
+
+<p>The men made room for Ephraim. He put on his wig and sat down.</p>
+
+<p>"I have to keep those spots pretty well covered up these winter nights,
+or I have all sorts of trouble with my head.</p>
+
+<p>"I had been living down on the Eastern Frontier for some years at a
+place called New Marblehead. We had plenty of scares, but no real
+trouble with the Indians, till this war broke out. It was in May, two
+years ago. I went out with Ezra Brown, to do some work on his farm,
+which was a mile from the garrison house where we lived. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span>We had a guard
+of four men and four lads. Ezra and I were ahead. As we were walking
+through some woods, the Indians&mdash;there were fifteen to twenty of
+them&mdash;fired at us. I felt a twinge in my shoulder and a terrible pain in
+my eye. Then came a thump on my head. When I came to, I was in bed at
+the garrison house, with my scalp, or rather scalps, gone, for I have
+two bumps on top of my head, and they took a scalp from each bump. My
+right eye was gone, and I had a bullet in the shoulder.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">EPHRAIM'S ADVENTURE</div>
+
+<p>"Poor Ezra was killed at the first volley and scalped. An Indian hit me
+on the head with his tomahawk; but I have a good thick skull, and the
+blow glanced, and only stunned me.</p>
+
+<p>"Some of our men ran to the fort, but my boy Gershom rallied the rest,
+and they fought the Indians, who were double their number. Both parties
+got behind trees, and tried to pick each other off.</p>
+
+<p>"Old Poland, their chief, fired, and in reloading exposed himself, and
+was shot. Then the Indians gave an infernal screech and ran over to
+him.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span>"As they did so, our men shot two more of them, and they picked up their
+dead and carried them off."</p>
+
+<p>"You had a narrow squeak of it, that time," said Rogers. "I never was
+scalped, but I've been near it times enough."</p>
+
+<p>Hepzibah brought in more bowls of flip, and we watched John plunge the
+red-hot loggerheads in, till the foam arose, and the bitter-sweet smell
+filled the room.</p>
+
+<p>We were passing the bowls round, and drinking the flip, when Matthew
+Mead, the tythingman, came in. He sat down and watched us. Then he went
+over to John Perry, and said: "Don't drink any more, John. You have had
+enough."</p>
+
+<p>John let the bowl go by, for if he had disobeyed the warning of the
+tythingman, he would have been punished by the magistrate, or would have
+been reprimanded publicly in meeting.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, come now, Mr. Tythingman," said Rogers. "Don't spoil the sport. A
+little flip does no one any harm. Sit down and join us."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">THE TYTHINGMAN</div>
+
+<p>"There's no doubt," said Matthew, as they passed him the bowl, and he
+took a long swig at it, "that flip is a good drink. I like it, and so
+does neighbour John Perry. But it must be allowed that it's a most
+insinuating drink, sweet and treacherous. And neighbour John has had
+enough. But the rest of the company can drink a little longer. We have
+heard great stories of your adventures, captain, and would like to have
+you tell us some of them."</p>
+
+<p>Then Rogers told us tales of hair-breadth escapes, and of encounters
+with the enemy, that made our hearts beat quick, as we listened to him.
+Of scouts through the woods, in which they inspect the enemy's forts and
+make plans of them. How they crept up close to the fort and captured a
+vedette within two gun-shots of the gate. How they hauled whaleboats
+over a mountain, embarked at the lower end of Lake Champlain, rowed down
+the lake at night, and after hiding in the daytime, attacked the enemy's
+boats, and sunk them.</p>
+
+<p>He told of an expedition he made the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span>previous January, with Captain
+Spikeman, Lieutenant John Stark and seventy-four men.</p>
+
+<p>"We went down Lake George on skates, and then through the woods back of
+Fort Ticonderoga on snowshoes. When we got to Lake Champlain, we lay in
+wait for the enemy's sleds, which were coming up the lake loaded with
+provisions. We captured three sleds and seven prisoners, but some of the
+French escaped. We learned that the fort had been re&euml;nforced, and knew
+that they would have notice of our presence. Our guns were wet, for it
+had been raining, and we went back to our fires and dried them. Then we
+marched hastily toward Fort William Henry. About noon we were waylaid by
+a large party of the enemy. We fought all the afternoon, till nightfall,
+when we separated and escaped through the woods to Lake George. I
+received two wounds in the fight. I sent messengers to the fort for
+help, for many could go no further. Forty-eight of us out of
+seventy-four got back with our prisoners. You may think, friends, that
+this was a bad defeat, but we learned afterward <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span>that we fought against
+two hundred and fifty men, and killed one hundred and sixteen of them.
+Your old friend Captain Spikeman was killed in the fight."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A SUCCESSFUL DEFEAT</div>
+
+<p>The bowls of flip had been going round while Rogers was talking, and
+finally Matthew Mead said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Well, neighbours, I think we are getting toward the state where
+neighbour John was when I came, and we'd better all go home."</p>
+
+<p>As we rose, Rogers said: "I want some of you fellows with me this coming
+campaign, and we'll make things lively for the French up around Fort Ti
+and have some fun. I count on you, Comee."</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_VIII" id="CHAPTER_VIII"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER VIII</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">BEN AND AMOS JOIN ROGERS'S RANGERS AND MARCH TO THE WEST</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>A few days after this Amos and I went up to Concord and enlisted in the
+Rangers. We had no showy uniform. Our clothes were of strong homespun of
+a dull colour that would not attract attention in the woods. We brought
+our own guns, and they gave each of us a blanket, a greatcoat, a
+hatchet, and a wooden bottle in which to carry our drink. We were also
+given rackets and skates.</p>
+
+<p>We waited till the end of January, when Rogers marched into town with
+five companies of men whom he had collected in New Hampshire. Most of
+them were rough, stern frontiersmen from the Amoskeag Falls, skilled in
+Indian fighting.</p>
+
+<p>The recruits from Middlesex were distributed among these companies, and
+Edmund had us <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span>placed in his squad. On my right in the ranks was
+McKinstry, a grizzled old trapper, and to the left was John Martin, a
+hardy fellow a few years older than myself. Both of them had served
+before with Rogers.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">ROGERS INSTRUCTS THE RANGERS</div>
+
+<p>Four of the companies set sail from Boston for Cape Breton, to take part
+in the siege of that place, and our company, under Rogers, started on
+the march for Fort Edward. The snow was deep, and we travelled on
+snowshoes. Rogers made us march in single file, with a man some distance
+ahead, and another behind. On either side were flankers to detect the
+enemy. As we shuffled along over the snow he taught us how to act in a
+hostile country.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't crowd up together. Keep several paces apart. Then if the enemy
+fires at you, one shot will not hit two men. When you come to low,
+marshy ground, change the order of your march and go abreast, for if you
+went in single file, you would wear a path in the ground that the enemy
+could follow. If you are to reconnoitre a place, make a stand in a safe
+spot when you get near it, and send a couple of men ahead to look the
+ground <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span>over. If you have to retreat and come to a river, cross it
+anywhere but at the usual ford, for that is where the enemy would hide
+on the farther side ready to pick you off. If your march is by a lake or
+river, keep at some distance from it, that you may not be hemmed in on
+one side and caught in a trap. When you go out, always return by a
+different way, and avoid the usual travelled paths."</p>
+
+<p>Thus, as we marched along, Rogers kept talking to us, instructing us in
+the methods of wood-fighting.</p>
+
+<p>We went through Worcester, Brookfield, and Northampton to Pontoosuc
+Fort, where a party of Mohegan Indians from Stockbridge joined us, under
+their chief Jacob. Then to a Dutch settlement called Kinderhook, and to
+the Hudson River. The weather was very cold, and the river was frozen
+over. Rogers told us to put on our skates, and we skated up the river to
+Fort Edward.</p>
+
+<p>This was a very strong fort, with much artillery. The fort was on the
+left shore, and a very strong blockhouse was on the right bank. The
+Rangers' camp was on an island in the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span>Hudson. Their barracks were made
+of logs, with bark roofs, and their camp was not in bad condition.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">HATRED OF INDIANS</div>
+
+<p>The Rangers were mostly frontiersmen from New Hampshire, who had lived
+in the woods all their lives, and had fought against wild beasts and
+Indians. The life they were now leading was simply their old life on a
+larger scale. Most of them were dressed in deerskin. They were rough,
+stern men, who had been so much exposed to danger, and were so used to
+it, that they seemed to have no fear. They looked upon the French and
+Indians as a dire plague, to be wiped off the earth by any means. They
+had heard the war-whoop at their own homes, and had seen their close
+relatives scalped by Indians. No wonder they classed the redskins with
+wolves and snakes, as a plague to be wiped off the earth. Living in the
+woods so much, they seemed to have acquired the keen senses that wild
+animals have. They were ever on the alert. Their eyes and ears noticed
+all the signs and sounds of nature. They had fought savages for years,
+and their own <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span>ways were savage. Many of them took scalps.</p>
+
+<p>I do not believe that a bolder or more adventurous set of men than these
+Rangers ever existed.</p>
+
+<p>As I looked them over and saw what a lot of keen, fearless, and
+self-reliant men I was among, I was very proud to think that I was one
+of this chosen corps.</p>
+
+<p>McKinstry said: "They're a tough set, Ben. But when you get in your
+first fight, you'll be glad you're with a tough set. Not much school
+learning among them; but they know all about the woods and Injun
+fighting, and that's what we want here."</p>
+
+<p>Every evening at roll-call we formed on parade, equipped with a
+firelock, sixty rounds of powder and ball, and a hatchet, and were
+inspected, that we might be ready at a minute's warning. The guards were
+arranged and the scouts for the next day appointed.</p>
+
+<p>After we had been at the camp a couple of days Rogers came out of his
+hut and said to me:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Come, Comee, I'm going over to the fort <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span>and may want some one to bring
+back a few things."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THE BLACK WATCH</div>
+
+<p>We crossed the ice to the shore and went up to the fort. It was a great
+sight for me to see the regulars in their bright scarlet coats, the
+Scotch Highlanders with their kilts and tartans, and our own provincial
+troops in blue, though there were not many of them, as they had mostly
+gone home for the winter.</p>
+
+<p>Rogers walked up to the headquarters of Colonel Haviland, the commander.</p>
+
+<p>"I shall be busy here some time. Come back in an hour and wait for me."</p>
+
+<p>I went over to the Scotch regiment, the Black Watch it was called, and
+listened to them talking their curious language.</p>
+
+<p>One of the men turned to me and asked if I was looking for any one.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I'm of Scotch descent, and I thought I'd see if there were any
+McComees or Munros among you."</p>
+
+<p>He looked over to another group and shouted: "Hector! Hector Munro!
+Here's one of your kinsmen." A strong, active <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span>fellow of some
+twenty-eight or thirty years came over.</p>
+
+<p>"How's that? I didn't know that any of our kin were over here."</p>
+
+<p>"My grandmother was a Munro, and her father was taken prisoner while
+fighting for King Charles the First, and was sent to America."</p>
+
+<p>"Hear that now! My brother Donald and myself were out with Charlie in
+forty-five, and we had a hard time of it afterward, hunted about till
+they made up their minds to form some Highland regiments and give pardon
+to those who enlisted, and here we are fighting for King George."</p>
+
+<p>He led me to his brother and made me acquainted with him. We went to
+their quarters, and I learned more about the clan in a short time than I
+ever heard before or since. It seemed as if most of the great generals
+in almost every army were Munros, and they traced their ancestry back to
+the time of Noah.</p>
+
+<p>At last I said that I must go to headquarters to meet Captain Rogers.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">ROGERS ASSUMES ENGLAND'S DEBT</div>
+
+<p>"So you belong to the Rangers? They're a braw set of men, and there's
+many a gude Scotchman among them. We'll come over and see you."</p>
+
+<p>I returned and waited for Rogers, and when he came out, he said: "Come
+over to the sutler's hut; I want to buy some things we haven't got on
+the island."</p>
+
+<p>Rogers made some purchases and then listened to two English officers who
+were seated at a table, drinking. They had reached a maudlin state, and
+were bewailing the fate of England.</p>
+
+<p>"This is a sad day for old England, my boy."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, the country will never be able to stand up under the great debt
+that we have incurred for these miserable Provinces."</p>
+
+<p>Rogers went over to them and said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Don't let that trouble you, my friends. Make yourselves easy on that
+score, for I will pay half the national debt, and my good friend here
+says he will take the other half on his shoulders, and the nation will
+be rid of her difficulties."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span>"By Gad! I'm blessed if you're not fine fellows. Sit down and have a
+drink with us."</p>
+
+<p>Rogers introduced me to them as the Earl of Middlesex. They took off
+their hats to me and ordered some grog for us. I barely tasted mine, for
+I had no heart to drink with the besotted fools. We bade them good-by, I
+took up the things which Rogers had bought, and we walked away.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, Comee, we've settled the nation's debt. That's one good thing off
+our hands. There's another thing I wish we could get rid of as easily.
+The old country has sent us over some curious commanders. There was
+Braddock, who threw away his army and his life; Webb, who was a coward;
+Loudon, our present commander, is always running hither and thither,
+giving orders, but effecting nothing. He is like the pictures of St.
+George on the tavern signs,&mdash;always on horseback, but never getting
+anywhere. But this Colonel Haviland, the commandant here, beats them all
+hollow. A worse specimen of stupidity or rascality I never saw. Captain
+Israel Putnam of the Connecticut troops was sent out <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span>on a scout a week
+ago. Before he went Haviland said publicly that on his return he should
+send me out against the French with four hundred men. One of Putnam's
+men deserted to the enemy and one of the Rangers was captured, so that
+the enemy knew all about it. Putnam says there are about six hundred
+Indians near Ticonderoga; and now this Haviland sends me out, not with
+four hundred men, but with one hundred and eighty, all told. You will
+see all the fighting you want inside the next week and I hope we may
+both get through it alive."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A PLEASANT PROSPECT</div>
+
+<p>When I returned to the island, I told Edmund and Amos what Rogers had
+said, and we felt pretty glum. "It looks to me," said Edmund, "as if the
+rest of the campaign wouldn't interest us very much."</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_IX" id="CHAPTER_IX"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER IX</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">IN WHICH THE RANGERS ENGAGE WITH THE FRENCH AND INDIANS</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>On the 10th of March we set forth on snowshoes and travelled through the
+thick forest. That night we encamped at a brook. The Rangers built
+shelters of boughs in a short time. Big fires were made, and after we
+had our suppers and a pull at the pipe, we rolled ourselves up in our
+blankets and went to sleep.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning we reached Lake George, and saw the blackened ruins of
+Fort William Henry, where the massacre had taken place some eight months
+before.</p>
+
+<p>Of course I knew the story, but Martin had been there, and told me how
+the fort was besieged by Montcalm; and after it was battered to pieces,
+the garrison surrendered. They had given up their arms and were
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span>marching back to the English army, when the drunken Indians set upon
+them and killed and scalped most of the force. Martin caught up a little
+boy whose parents had been killed, and escaped through the dense woods.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">AN ALARM</div>
+
+<p>We marched down the lake in three files, threading our way among the
+islands and skirting the steep cliffs. The lake stretched out before us,
+covered with thick ice. On the further side were the woods and
+mountains.</p>
+
+<p>We camped near the First Narrows that night. The next day we turned away
+from the lake and went to a cape called Sebattis Point.</p>
+
+<p>"What's the matter, Martin? Why do we halt?"</p>
+
+<p>"Didn't you see a dog run across the lake, some distance down?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I saw something go across."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, it was a dog, and if there was a dog, there were probably Indians
+with him. What would a dog be doing out here alone?"</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span>We camped in the woods, and after it was dark skated down the lake.</p>
+
+<p>Our advanced guard sent back word that they thought they had seen a fire
+on an island. We hid our hand-sleighs and packs and went there, but
+could find no signs of a fire.</p>
+
+<p>Rogers said that very likely it was the light from some old rotten
+stumps, but Martin was not of this opinion.</p>
+
+<p>"There was a fire there. First we see the dog, and then the fire. The
+fire could be put out, and it would be difficult to find the burnt
+sticks in the dark. If it were the light from old wood, some one of all
+this party would have seen it. The French are no fools. They knew we
+were coming, and some Indians are watching us. We'll have a hot time
+before we get back."</p>
+
+<p>We now left the lake, lest we should be seen, and marched through the
+woods back of the mountain which overlooked Fort Ticonderoga. At noon we
+halted.</p>
+
+<p>Rogers said: "We are about two miles from the advanced guard of the
+French. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span>We will wait here a couple of hours, and then go on. When night
+comes, we will make an ambush in the paths, and capture some of the
+guards as they come out in the morning."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">AN AMBUSCADE</div>
+
+<p>We started on again, with a brook on our left and a steep mountain on
+our right.</p>
+
+<p>We kept a sharp watch on the brook, for the enemy would probably travel
+on it, as the snow was four feet deep.</p>
+
+<p>Our advanced guard came back and reported that the enemy were ahead.
+That there were ninety of them, mostly Indians. They were coming down
+the brook. The bank of the brook was higher than the ground where we
+were, and Rogers gave the order:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Come, boys! Stretch out in a line behind the bank. Lie down and keep
+hidden. Wait till I give the signal by firing my gun, and then jump up
+and give it to them."</p>
+
+<p>Rogers hid in a clump of bushes, from which he could look over the bank.
+We lay without stirring, till Rogers fired and shouted, "Now, boys."</p>
+
+<p>We jumped up and fired at them. It was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span>the first time I had seen
+Indians, and very hideous they looked, as I stood up and saw them on the
+brook, dressed in moccasins, leggings, and breech clout, with a mantle
+or cloak of skins over their shoulders, a feather in the scalp-lock, and
+their faces and breasts painted with stripes of red and black.</p>
+
+<p>When we fired, a great number of them fell, and the rest ran away. We
+supposed that they were defeated, and pursued them. But we got into a
+hornets' nest. For this was only the advanced guard, and as we ran after
+them, several hundred more French and Indians came up, fired at us, and
+killed nearly fifty of our men. I could hear the bullets whistle by me,
+and men dropped at my side.</p>
+
+<p>We rallied and retreated; and having reloaded, poured a volley into them
+that drove them back again.</p>
+
+<p>"What do you think about that fire on the island, Ben?" asked Martin.</p>
+
+<p>They came on a third time, in front and on both sides of us. We kept up
+a continual fire and drove the flanking parties back, and they retreated
+once more.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">WARM WORK</div>
+
+<p>When that great body of French and Indians appeared and their fierce
+war-whoops sounded through the woods, when the firing began and the men
+fell down close by me, I must confess I was nervous and frightened. But
+I looked on either side, and there stood the grim, stern frontiersmen
+picking off their men as cool as if they were at a turkey shoot. This
+brought my confidence back at once, and as the fight became hot, I found
+myself filled with an angry rage. I wanted to kill, to kill as many as I
+could, and pay off the old score.</p>
+
+<p>We backed up against the steep mountain. The Indians now tried to go up
+it on our right, but a party was sent out and repulsed them. Another
+party attempted to ascend on our left. They, too, were driven back.
+Edmund, Amos, and I were with the main body, fighting, loading, and
+shooting as fast as we could. No time for talk. Sometimes the Indians
+were twenty yards from us, and at times we were all mixed up with them,
+fighting hand to hand.</p>
+
+<p>When I had fired, I pulled out my hatchet, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span>and as these
+devilish-looking savages in their red and black paint rushed at me, I
+cut and hacked with my hatchet in my right hand, and holding my firelock
+in my left, warded off the blows with it. A blow on my arm knocked the
+hatchet from my hand. Then I used my gun as a club. It was a long,
+heavy, old firelock, and anger and excitement added to my strength, so
+that it was a terrible weapon. I smashed away with it till nothing was
+left but the bent barrel.</p>
+
+<p>When we drove them back, I picked up a French gun and a hatchet. There
+were plenty of them, for dead and dying men lay in heaps on the ground.</p>
+
+<p>We struggled with them an hour and a half, during which time we lost
+over one hundred men.</p>
+
+<p>Rogers was in the thick of the fight most of the time. Yet he saw what
+was going on round us, and directed our movements. Toward dark he cried
+out: "It's no use, boys; we must get out of this place. Follow me."</p>
+
+<p>We ran up the mountain to a spot where <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span>Lieutenant Phillips and some men
+were fighting a flanking party of Indians, and there we had another
+lively scrimmage. We went along the side of the mountain. I had lost my
+rackets. One couldn't think of them and fight, as we had been fighting,
+too.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">AN ENCOUNTER</div>
+
+<p>Rogers shouted: "Scatter, boys! Every man for himself. Meet at the First
+Narrows."</p>
+
+<p>I loaded my gun and floundered along in the deep snow, making all
+possible haste.</p>
+
+<p>Looking behind, I saw that an Indian on snowshoes was following me. I
+started up a side hill, where his rackets would not give him an
+advantage.</p>
+
+<p>He fired, but missed me. I turned and shot him, as he raised his hand to
+throw his tomahawk. He fell and was quite dead by the time I reached
+him.</p>
+
+<p>It's no pleasant sight to look on the face of a man you have just
+killed, even though you have right on your side, and he be only a
+redskin.</p>
+
+<p>One glance at that face and the staring eyes was enough. I felt weak and
+guilty as <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span>I knelt by him, and picked up his rackets, gun, and
+ammunition. I took his fur mantle, too, for I had thrown away my
+blanket, and knew that I should be cold before the night was over.</p>
+
+<p>I wandered through the woods till the moon rose, and gave me the
+direction to take. Then I came to the lake and went out on it, and at
+last got to the Narrows, where I found what was left of our party.
+Edmund and Amos were with them. Rogers had sent a messenger for
+assistance.</p>
+
+<p>Over two-thirds of our party were killed or missing. And of those who
+remained, there were but few who did not have some cut or bullet wound.</p>
+
+<p>We were exhausted. The men had thrown away their blankets, and the night
+was bitter cold.</p>
+
+<p>We could not have fires, as they would have been beacon lights to the
+enemy, showing them where we were.</p>
+
+<p>We huddled together like sheep for warmth, and I gave my mantle to a
+poor fellow who was badly wounded.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">THEY RETURN TO FORT EDWARD</div>
+
+<p>When the day began to break, we marched up the lake, and were met by
+Captain Stark with re&euml;nforcements, and sleds for our wounded, and then
+proceeded to Fort Edward.</p>
+
+<p>The next day, as Edmund, Amos, and I were talking the fight over, Rogers
+came to us. He laughed, and said: "Well, boys! You haven't been here
+long. But you've had lots of fun, haven't you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, sir. Plenty! We are satisfied. We can stand a long spell of dull
+times now."</p>
+
+<p>The Rangers lost so heavily in this fight that but little was required
+of them for some time. A few scouting-parties were sent out, but they
+were of little consequence.</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_X" id="CHAPTER_X"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER X</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">LORD HOWE AND HIS DEATH&mdash;THE LOYALTY OF JOHN STARK</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>Early in the spring, Lord Loudon was recalled, and General Abercrombie
+was appointed in his stead, with young Lord Howe as second in command.</p>
+
+<p>Abercrombie was the kind of English general to which we were
+accustomed,&mdash;a dull, heavy man, who owed his position to influence at
+court. We put little faith in him. But Lord Howe gained our hearts and
+confidence at once.</p>
+
+<p>It was well understood in the army that Lord Howe was sent over to
+furnish the brains and ability in this campaign, and was to direct the
+fighting, and that General Abercrombie was to reap the benefit.</p>
+
+<p>Lord Howe spent much of his time among the Rangers, and went out with us
+on <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span>scouting-parties. He showed none of the arrogance and conceit so
+common to British officers, and appeared to be an apt, quick scholar.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">LORD HOWE</div>
+
+<p>Rogers and Stark were delighted with his military instincts and the keen
+intelligence with which he made himself master of what was to him a new
+method of fighting.</p>
+
+<p>When he lived with us, he was as one of us. He washed his own linen at
+the brook, and ate our coarse fare with his jack-knife. He cut off the
+skirts of his coat, and had his men do the same, that they might not be
+impeded by them in the woods. He made them wear leggings and brown the
+barrels of their guns, that they should not glitter in the sun, and to
+prevent them from rusting. He had his men cut their hair short, and each
+of them carried thirty pounds of meal in his knapsack, so that they
+could go on a long expedition without a wagon-train.</p>
+
+<p>He had great talents as a soldier. Any one who talked with him felt it
+at once. And with it all he was simple in his habits <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span>and manners,
+living like one of us, and making his officers lead the same plain life.</p>
+
+<p>The days he spent with the Rangers were days of pride and pleasure to
+us, for we not only saw his greatness as a soldier, but the bearing of
+the man was so modest, so genial and lovable, that every one was greatly
+attached to him. He liked best of all to talk with John Stark, and to
+get him to tell of Indians and their habits and ways of fighting. And
+here he showed his keen insight. For Captain Stark was the best man in
+the Rangers. Rogers got the credit for what the Rangers did. But much of
+their success was due to Stark. He was a man whose judgment was sure,
+who did not make mistakes.</p>
+
+<p>After our defeat in March, Rogers went to Albany to see about getting
+recruits. While there he was given his commission as Major of the Corps
+of Rangers.</p>
+
+<p>On the way from Concord to Fort Edward he became well acquainted with
+Edmund, whose business-like ways and attention to details pleased Rogers
+so much that when he was made major he appointed Edmund <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span>adjutant of the
+Rangers&mdash;a very responsible position for so young a man. It was his duty
+to record the paroles and countersigns, the various orders for the next
+day, and to see that they were attended to.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THE PROVINCIAL LEVIES</div>
+
+<p>In May the new provincial troops began to come in. We had been long
+enough in the army to become disciplined, though not in the manner that
+the regulars were, and had grown accustomed to seeing regiments dressed
+in uniforms; so that when the new levies came in, we felt some of the
+amusement of the regulars at their green and awkward ways. Gathered
+together from country villages, they came in the clothes they wore at
+home, and put me in mind of Falstaff's soldiers. Some wore long coats,
+some short coats, and some no coats at all. All the colours of the
+rainbow were there. Some wore their hair cropped close. Others had their
+hair done up in cues, and every man in authority wore a wig. All kinds
+of wigs could be seen,&mdash;little brown wigs and great, full-bottomed wigs
+hanging down over their shoulders.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span>But they were a sturdy set. When you looked at each of them, you saw a
+man used to hard work from boyhood, more or less accustomed to the
+woods, and almost without exception a fair shot. Handsome is as handsome
+does. As the war went on, the regulars found that the rabble were as
+brave as themselves, more expert in wood-fighting, and far better shots.</p>
+
+<p>But the ridicule that was heaped upon them at first caused a bitter
+feeling which lasted and prepared the way for the Revolution.</p>
+
+<p>Toward the end of May, it was evident that the army would soon make an
+advance on the enemy; for every one was called in, and no furloughs were
+granted.</p>
+
+<p>We had by this time a great army of nine thousand provincial troops, six
+thousand regulars, and six hundred Rangers. Many of the regulars were
+old veterans from European battlefields; and we had not the least doubt
+but that, when we started, we should go straight through to Canada.
+Montcalm's little army of thirty-five hundred men at Ticonderoga could
+offer but slight resistance.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">SCOUTING-PARTIES</div>
+
+<p>Several scouting-parties from the Rangers were sent out to inspect
+Ticonderoga, and capture prisoners in order to get information from
+them.</p>
+
+<p>Stark went through the woods to the west of Ticonderoga and brought back
+six prisoners. Captain Jacobs, with some of his Indians, went down the
+east side of Lake Champlain. He had a fight with some of the French, and
+returned with ten prisoners and seven scalps. Rogers, with our party,
+went through the woods till we were opposite Crown Point, where we had a
+little fight and killed one Frenchman, and captured three, whom we
+brought back.</p>
+
+<p>At the end of May, Lord Howe sent fifty of us under Rogers to inspect
+the landing-place at the lower end of Lake George, and to make a map of
+it. We were also to report upon the paths to Ticonderoga, and to find
+out the number of the French army.</p>
+
+<p>We went down the lake in boats, and while some of the officers were
+making plans, the rest of us proceeded toward Ticonderoga. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span>We marched,
+as usual, in single file, along the path we had taken in our trip in
+March.</p>
+
+<p>Amos said, "I have no p-pleasant recollection of this place, and feel as
+if we should have some more b-bad luck."</p>
+
+<p>Rogers halted us and went forward with three men, to take a look at the
+fort. As he was returning, a large party of the enemy set upon us, and
+we had a lively fight.</p>
+
+<p>Captain Jacob ran off with his Indians, crying out to us: "Come on!
+Follow me! No good stay here. Heap French! Heap Injun!"</p>
+
+<p>"That's Injun all over," said Martin. "If he gets the upper hand, he'll
+fight like fury. But if the odds are against him, he'll run like a
+deer."</p>
+
+<p>We got behind trees and logs, and kept the enemy back. Rogers came round
+through the woods; and as the attention of the enemy was given entirely
+to us, he and his party made a rush and joined us.</p>
+
+<p>The enemy had us pretty well surrounded, but we broke through them,
+losing eight men. We rallied at our boats, and returned home.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">THE ARMY EMBARKS FOR TICONDEROGA</div>
+
+<p>By the 28th of June the whole army under General Abercrombie had arrived
+at Lake George. A great deal of time seemed to be wasted. But on the 5th
+of July the whole army of nearly sixteen thousand men embarked in boats
+and batteaux for Ticonderoga. The advanced guard was up and out on the
+lake before daylight,&mdash;the light infantry on the right, our Rangers on
+the left, and Colonel Bradstreet's batteaux men in the centre.</p>
+
+<p>Then came the main body of the army,&mdash;the provincials, dressed in blue
+with red facings, on the right and left wings. In the centre were the
+regulars, in scarlet with white facings, and the 42d Regiment, the Black
+Watch, in kilts and tartans. Behind them came the rear guard of
+provincials.</p>
+
+<p>The whole army was on the lake as the sun rose, breaking up the mist on
+the hillsides. The lake was calm and without a ripple.</p>
+
+<p>It was a sight I shall never forget,&mdash;the beautiful lake covered by over
+a thousand boats, the various coloured uniforms, the gun-barrels
+glittering in the sun, the flags of the different regiments, the
+bagpipes and bands <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span>playing, the pretty islands, the green hills and
+mountains, the mist rising and floating away.</p>
+
+<p>The army rowed till twilight, when we reached Sabbath Day Point, where
+we rested and ate some food; at ten we started again, and at daybreak
+the Rangers reached the lower part of the lake. We landed, and received
+orders from Captain Abercrombie, one of the general's aides-de-camp, to
+gain the top of a mountain a mile from the landing, and from there to
+march east to the river that flows into the falls, and get possession of
+some rising ground there. When we had done this, we were to wait for the
+army to come up. In an hour's time we got to the rising ground, and
+found quite a large body of French in front of us. We waited for further
+orders.</p>
+
+<p>At noon some provincial troops under Colonels Fitch and Lyman came up.
+And while Rogers was talking to them we heard a sharp firing in the rear
+of these troops.</p>
+
+<p>Rogers led us round to the left, and we met a force of the enemy who
+were fighting our men, and had thrown them into confusion. We engaged
+with them, and killed many. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span>Lord Howe, with Major Israel Putnam and his
+men, came up on the other side of the French, who were thus surrounded,
+and almost all of them were killed or captured.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">LORD HOWE'S DEATH</div>
+
+<p>It was a party of some four hundred Canadians, who had been sent out to
+watch us, and though they were good woodsmen, they had lost their way in
+the dense forest, and had wandered into the middle of our army.</p>
+
+<p>There seemed to be a great commotion among Lord Howe's men. I ran over
+to them with Captain Stark; and there we saw Lord Howe stretched out on
+the ground&mdash;dead.</p>
+
+<p>John Stark is not a man easily stirred. I remember at the battle of
+Bunker's Hill, when a man rushed up to him, and told him that his son
+was killed,&mdash;which was a mistake, for he is alive at this day,&mdash;John
+turned to the man and said: "Back to your post. This is no time to think
+of our private affairs."</p>
+
+<p>But when he saw that brilliant soldier, that man whose virtues,
+accomplishments, and genial, lovable nature showed us what a man might
+be, lying there, dead, he knelt down beside him, and the tears ran down
+his cheeks. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span>All of us were overcome with grief, we loved the man so
+much.</p>
+
+<p>Stark took his hand, bent over, and kissed his forehead.</p>
+
+<p>"Good-by, my dear friend. God bless you and have mercy on us." He rose,
+and I walked away with him.</p>
+
+<p>"Comee, the life is departed out of Israel. I have no further faith in
+this expedition. Our sun is set."</p>
+
+<p>We mourned his loss a long time, and our Province raised the money for a
+great monument, which was erected to him in Westminster Abbey, in memory
+of "the affection her officers and soldiers bore to his command."</p>
+
+<p>After Lord Howe was killed, everything fell into disorder. The army
+became all mixed up in the thick woods, and was sent back to the
+landing-place.</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_XI" id="CHAPTER_XI"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER XI</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">FORT TICONDEROGA AND THE ASSAULT</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>The following morning the Rangers were sent to the front, to the place
+we occupied the day before. Captain Stark with Captain Abercrombie and
+Mr. Clark, the engineer, went with two hundred Rangers to Rattlesnake
+Hill to reconnoitre the French works.</p>
+
+<p>Fort Ticonderoga was at the southern end of the narrow strip of land
+which lies between Lake Champlain and the outlet of Lake George. A
+half-mile to the north of the fort, a little ridge runs across the
+peninsula. As we looked down from the hill, we saw the French hard at
+work on a strong breastwork of logs which they had nearly completed. At
+either end of it was low, marshy ground, difficult to pass. The
+breastwork zigzagged along the ridge in such a manner that if troops
+attacked it, the French could rake them with grapeshot, and it was too
+high to climb over.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span>"How are we going to get over that breastwork, Edmund? There's no slope
+to it, and we can't reach within two feet of the top."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, we'll knock it to pieces with cannon, and then we can rush over it.
+Our officers will know what to do."</p>
+
+<p>"There won't be any rushing through that mass of sharpened stakes that
+they have driven into the ground in front of the works."</p>
+
+<p>"No. That's so. There's a regular thicket of them with the points
+sticking out toward us. They'll have to be cut off or torn up, and the
+French will be raking us all the time."</p>
+
+<p>"See those Canadians cutting down the forest just beyond the stakes. The
+tops of the trees fall outward, and the branches are matted together. If
+Abercrombie thinks his army can march up to the breastwork, he's greatly
+mistaken."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes; it will be a piece of work to scramble through those branches; and
+then comes the abattis of stakes; and then a wall eight feet high.
+Montcalm knows his business, Ben. I wish he were on our side. We shall
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span>have no easy task. It looks tough to-day, and it will be worse
+to-morrow."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THEY INSPECT TICONDEROGA</div>
+
+<p>"We shall lose a good many men. Possibly we may go through the swamp, at
+the ends of the breastwork."</p>
+
+<p>"Where's Amos?"</p>
+
+<p>We looked round and saw Amos, with his back turned toward us. He seemed
+deeply interested.</p>
+
+<p>"What is it, Amos? What are you looking at?"</p>
+
+<p>"I tell you, boys, I think this hill's about the best place for
+p-pigeons I ever saw. There's a good spot for a booth, and that little
+tree would make a fine standard for a p-pigeon p-pole."</p>
+
+<p>"Hang your pigeons! You may be dead to-morrow. Look down the lake,
+Edmund. See the re&euml;nforcements of French regulars with their white coats
+rowing up Champlain. They'll be at Fort Ti in half an hour."</p>
+
+<p>We were told to get ready to go back. I overheard Mr. Clark say:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, we can take a place like that by an assault with small arms. We'll
+give them <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span>a taste of the bayonet. We don't need cannon."</p>
+
+<p>Stark replied: "I don't think so. Bring some cannon up here, and you can
+rake the breastwork and drive them out; or take cannon round in front,
+and you can knock the breastwork to pieces in half an hour, and then you
+can easily take the place by assault; but otherwise you cannot."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I assure you, my dear sir, we can carry a place like that by an
+assault easily. You provincials have no idea what British officers and
+British regulars can do."</p>
+
+<p>"I know what Braddock did," said Stark.</p>
+
+<p>We came down the mountain and joined the rest of the Rangers. Stark went
+with Clark to report to General Abercrombie. He returned and said that
+Abercrombie had agreed with Clark on an attack with small arms only.</p>
+
+<p>"To-morrow you'll see a sad sight. You'll see the finest army there ever
+was in America killed off by the stupidity of its commanding officer.
+Why couldn't poor Lord Howe have been spared two days longer, to win
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span>everlasting renown? We talked this over as we lay on our bearskins at
+Sabbath Day Point; and if he were alive, there would be no such
+tomfoolery and murder."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THE ARMY ADVANCES</div>
+
+<p>We lay down in the woods by the river, and slept on our arms. The sun
+rose the next morning clear and bright. We received orders to advance.
+We crept through the forest till we came to the open place, where the
+great trees lay on the ground with their tops toward us.</p>
+
+<p>About two hundred of the French were concealed in the mass of boughs,
+and fired at us. We got behind trees and logs and returned their fire.</p>
+
+<p>Bradstreet's batteaux men now formed on our left, Gage's light infantry
+on our right, and three regiments of provincials came up behind us. We
+exchanged a scattering fire with the enemy. Then we pushed into the mass
+of boughs and drove the French back into their breastwork.</p>
+
+<p>Colonel Haldiman and the grenadiers now came up in solid formation. We
+separated and let them pass. They struggled through <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span>the trees. The
+Highlanders of the Black Watch followed them; and I caught sight of
+Hector, as he went by us, looking very grim and determined. I waved my
+cap at him, but he was too intent on the work ahead to see me.</p>
+
+<p>What a jaunty, ugly, devil-may-care set of fellows they were! Their
+uniforms set off their figures to advantage. Their faces showed they
+were eager for the fight. Their bayonets were fixed, for they had been
+ordered to take the works by a bayonet charge. When they got through the
+trees, their formation was completely broken up; but they advanced to
+the abattis of sharpened stakes, and were met by a terrible fire of
+grape and musket shot that mowed them down. They stood at the abattis,
+hacking away at the stakes, falling in heaps before the shower of
+grapeshot. They took off their bayonets and fired at the enemy. Some got
+through the abattis, and went up to the breastwork, eight feet high.
+They tried to scale it, but could not. Unwilling to retreat, they stood
+in front of it, exchanging shots with the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span>French, shaking their guns at
+them, and cursing them in Gaelic.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THE REGULARS REPULSED</div>
+
+<p>"They're b-brave enough, Ben, and hang on like bulldogs; but they can't
+get over that b-breastwork, unless they grow a couple of feet in a
+m-mighty short time."</p>
+
+<p>We watched this attack with great interest, for we had wonderful
+expectations as to what the regulars would do; and they had ridiculed
+the provincials and lauded themselves so long, that their confidence
+became unbounded. How they were to take the breastwork in this way, we
+could not see. But we waited in the hope of seeing the impossible occur.
+At last the few who were left were driven back.</p>
+
+<p>As they returned, we saw Hector supporting his brother Donald. We ran
+out from the fallen trees, and helped him through the branches.</p>
+
+<p>"'Deed, man, that was the hottest place I ever was in, and I'm well out
+of it with naught but a bit of lead in my leg. I dinna envy the poor
+fellows who have to go in there again."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span>After this attack there was a lull. Abercrombie, who was in a safe place
+two miles away, ordered another attack. Some of the provincial regiments
+were with them. They rushed into the space, like so many cattle into an
+enclosure, where they were knocked over without a chance to get at their
+enemy.</p>
+
+<p>We were eager for the Rangers to join in this assault, and asked: "Why
+don't we advance?" "Why doesn't Rogers order us to attack?" "We ought to
+help those men and be in the thick of the fight."</p>
+
+<p>Old McKinstry said: "Don't you see, boys, why we don't advance? Because
+it's all nonsense and folly. We have no orders to go ahead, and Rogers
+knows it's nothing but murder to put us up before that wall to be shot
+down. We're doing the best work where we are. See me take off that
+officer with the white coat." He fired, and the officer fell back.
+"There, if you can knock over three or four of them, you've done your
+share."</p>
+
+<p>"He's right, after all, Ben. We're killing more men by picking them off
+than the regulars are."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">THEY RESCUE A BRAVE MAN</div>
+
+<p>I felt easier in my mind after this talk. We stood among the branches,
+and fired at the heads that appeared above the breastwork.</p>
+
+<p>These assaults were kept up all the afternoon. At five the most
+determined one took place, and some of the Highlanders succeeded in
+getting over the breastwork, only to be immediately bayoneted. Colonel
+Campbell was killed in the fort, and Major Campbell was badly wounded.</p>
+
+<p>While this attack on the right was going on, we saw a provincial who had
+crept close to the breastwork, and was picking off the Frenchmen.</p>
+
+<p>He was seen by them, and a man fired and wounded him. But he jumped up
+and brained the man with his hatchet. Then he fell down. It was a pity
+to let such a brave man lie there to be killed and scalped by the
+Indians.</p>
+
+<p>I turned to Edmund and said, "Can't we get that man out of there?"</p>
+
+<p>"I will do what you will."</p>
+
+<p>I shouted to our men to cover us as well as they could by their fire,
+and we ran forward.</p>
+
+<p>The Rangers advanced a little, and opened <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span>fire at every head that
+showed above the breastwork.</p>
+
+<p>Edmund and I got through the abattis and ran up to the wall. We joined
+hands. The man sat on them, put his arms around our necks, and we ran
+off with him.</p>
+
+<p>Some of the enemy fired at us, but the Highlanders were taking most of
+their attention, and our men were good marksmen, so that but few showed
+their heads above the breastwork. Still, the bullets whistled about us
+in a most uncomfortable manner.</p>
+
+<p>We found that the man we had saved was a Rhode Island provincial, named
+William Smith. He was boiling over with wrath against the French, swore
+at them like a pirate, and though badly wounded would have crept back if
+we had not prevented him.</p>
+
+<p>Amos listened to him with wonder, and said: "Your f-friend Smith, Ben,
+couldn't have b-been raised when there were tythingmen, or he'd have
+just lived in the stocks. He must have great natural g-gifts to be able
+to swear like that."</p>
+
+<p>"Here come the regulars again."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">A PANIC</div>
+
+<p>They passed through the fallen trees, marched up to the breastwork, and
+again made an attempt to scale it. The French raked them with grapeshot,
+and soon they came running back nearly frantic with fear. We let them
+pass and gazed at them with astonishment.</p>
+
+<p>"That's human nature, boys," said McKinstry. "Those men have fought here
+for six hours, a foolish, hopeless battle. They hung to it like
+bulldogs. No men could have been braver. All of a sudden the idea
+strikes them that they are beaten, and they run away in a panic. It's
+strange. It's mighty strange, but it's human nature."</p>
+
+<p>Rogers shouted: "Stay where you are, boys. Hold your ground and keep on
+firing."</p>
+
+<p>The Rangers and provincials remained among the fallen trees, exchanging
+shots with the enemy till dusk. Then we went up to the abattis and
+picked out some of the wounded from among the heaps of dead men. This
+was the hardest part of the day for me, stumbling over the dead, picking
+up the poor wounded fellows and hearing them moan and cry as we carried
+them off.</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_XII" id="CHAPTER_XII"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER XII</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">THE FIGHT AT FORT ANNE, AND THE ESCAPE OF AMOS</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>When night came on, we retreated with the wounded we had saved. The next
+morning the whole army re&euml;mbarked and rowed up Lake George to the ruins
+of Fort William Henry and landed. This time we were not admiring the
+beauty of the scene. We were filled with sorrow and dismay at the
+failure of the expedition and our terrible disaster. We lost nearly two
+thousand men. The French lost only about three hundred.</p>
+
+<p>The whole army, regulars and provincials, were indignant with our
+cowardly and incompetent general, Abercrombie, or Mrs. Nabby Crombie, as
+the soldiers nicknamed him. We knew that the battle had been badly
+conducted. We wished to have the cannon brought to the front to batter
+down the breastworks, and were <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span>willing and eager to fight again. But
+Abercrombie began to entrench, and sent most of his artillery to Albany,
+lest it should fall into the hands of the enemy.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THE RANGERS SENT AGAINST THE ENEMY</div>
+
+<p>The Rangers heard little of this grumbling and dissatisfaction; for as
+soon as we returned from Ticonderoga we were sent out scouting near the
+south end of Lake Champlain, and very nearly fell into the hands of a
+large force of French and Indians. Fortunately we saw them in time to
+escape.</p>
+
+<p>A few days later, a wagon-train was attacked and one hundred and
+seventy-six men were killed, of whom sixteen were Rangers. The news of
+this disaster came in the night, and at two in the morning Rogers
+started out with a large party of regulars, provincials, and Rangers to
+head off the enemy. We rowed down Lake George at the top of our speed,
+and then marched over the mountain to the narrow waters of Lake
+Champlain. But though we made all possible haste, so did the enemy, and
+we missed them by a couple of hours.</p>
+
+<p>We rested for a time; for we were much exhausted by our efforts, and
+were about to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span>march back, when a messenger arrived, who gave us orders
+to go to Fort Anne at Wood Creek, and cut off a party of French and
+Indians who were near Fort Edward.</p>
+
+<p>We had about five hundred men, eighty of whom were Rangers. The rest was
+made up of some of Gage's light infantry and Connecticut troops, under
+Major Israel Putnam.</p>
+
+<p>On the 7th of August we reached the spot where old Fort Anne had stood,
+and camped there.</p>
+
+<p>The forest for a mile around the old fort had been cut down and burned
+years before. But the fort had rotted away, and the clearings had become
+overgrown with bushes, with here and there an open space.</p>
+
+<p>Early the next morning we began our march. Putnam and his men were in
+front, the light infantry in the centre, and the Rangers in the rear.</p>
+
+<p>Rogers had been shooting at a mark that morning with Lieutenant Irwin of
+the regulars. The enemy had overheard the firing and ambuscaded us.</p>
+
+<p>Putnam was leading his men. As he left <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span>the clearing, and entered the
+forest, the yelling and firing began. Several Indians rushed at him. His
+gun missed fire, and he with three or four men was captured by the
+Indians.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">BEN WRESTLES WITH AN INDIAN</div>
+
+<p>The redskins forced the Connecticut men back, the light infantry held
+their ground, and we of the Rangers struggled through the bushes as best
+we could, to get to the front.</p>
+
+<p>Every one fought for himself. I had fired my gun just as I reached an
+open space, and seeing a number of men on the other side, I started to
+run across to them.</p>
+
+<p>Of course I should have reloaded before I attempted this; but one does
+not always do the right thing, especially in a hot fight. I had gone but
+a short distance when an Indian fired at me from the bushes, and then
+ran at me with a tomahawk.</p>
+
+<p>I turned, parried the blow with my gun, and the tomahawk was struck from
+his hand.</p>
+
+<p>We grappled each other. He was a fine, large man, decked out with
+feathers and warpaint, and was the strongest and most active man I ever
+got hold of. He seemed to be made of steel springs. As I struggled with
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span>him, I couldn't help thinking, "What a splendid wrestler you would make
+if you only knew the tricks!" I gave him Jonas Parker's best throw, and
+we came down together, and I on top.</p>
+
+<p>The fall knocked the wind out of him and partly stunned him. I got hold
+of my hatchet and brained him. I had not noticed or thought of anything
+but him. But now I heard a crack! crack! zip! zip!</p>
+
+<p>As I started to run I felt a pain in my left arm, and also in my left
+leg. But I got off to our men among the bushes, and they bound my arm
+up, and put a bandage round my leg.</p>
+
+<p>I saw an Indian leap in among the regulars, and kill two men with his
+hatchet. Then he jumped on a log and taunted our men. A soldier struck
+at him with his gun and made him bleed. The Indian was returning the
+blow with his tomahawk, when Rogers shot him.</p>
+
+<p>I was still able to load and shoot. We fought some two hours before they
+gave way. At last they broke up into little parties and ran off. We
+remained and buried our dead.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">BEN WOUNDED</div>
+
+<p>We lost about fifty men. The French and Indians left over one hundred
+dead on the field; and their loss was much heavier, for they carried off
+most of their dead.</p>
+
+<p>My wounds now made me so lame and stiff that I could not walk, and was
+carried on a litter of branches.</p>
+
+<p>Rogers came alongside, and said: "That was a mighty pretty wrestle,
+Comee. Big stakes up too; glad you won. But I believe if that Indian had
+been taught the tricks like a Christian, you would have met your match."</p>
+
+<p>"That's just what I was thinking myself, major, all the time I was
+wrestling with him. It's an awful pity to have to kill a man like that."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, pshaw, nothing but a cussed redskin. That makes one less of the
+vermin. All of us on both sides round that clearing watched you and him,
+and did not pay much attention to each other till it was over. When you
+killed him, and got up, they fired at you, and we began to fire at them
+again. But for a short time all of us watched you. He must have been a
+big Injun among them."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span>"Major, where is Amos Locke?"</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know. I don't think he was among the killed or wounded; and if
+he isn't with our party here, he's probably a prisoner, perhaps roasted
+and scalped by this time."</p>
+
+<p>Edmund came up later. "I'm afraid, Ben, we shan't see Amos again. He and
+I were together for a while. But in running through the bushes we got
+separated, and I can't find him among our men. If he were with our
+party, he would have come to us by this time."</p>
+
+<p>"Poor fellow! I can't bear to think of him in the woods, dead; or worse
+still, being tortured by the Indians. He may turn up again, after all."</p>
+
+<p>When we arrived at camp at Lake George, we found that it had been
+strongly intrenched.</p>
+
+<p>The camp was dirty and filthy, particularly the portion occupied by the
+provincials, for our officers were ignorant in such matters.</p>
+
+<p>On the way to and from Ticonderoga the men had drunk a good deal of lake
+water, and this with the grief over our defeat and the filthy state of
+our camp had caused much sickness.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">PROVINCIALS BEAT REGULARS SHOOTING</div>
+
+<p>Having been out in the woods on scouts, I was in good condition, and my
+wounds began to heal quickly. Edmund took me over to see the man we had
+rescued at Ticonderoga. We found him doing well, cursing the French, and
+aching to get at them again. We looked up our kinsmen Hector and Donald
+and struck up a great friendship with the men of the Black Watch. Hector
+and Donald were both God-fearing men, and went with us several times to
+hear Parson Cleveland of Bagley's regiment preach. He gave us sermons
+full of meat, and we enjoyed them.</p>
+
+<p>The regulars and provincials did not get on well together. The
+Englishmen looked down on the provincial officers and men, and this
+caused much hard feeling. One day in August, the regulars and
+provincials practised firing with great guns at a target in the lake,
+and our men beat the regulars thoroughly. That pleased us and made the
+old country men feel pretty glum. Although the regulars scorned the
+provincials, yet they held the Rangers in high esteem.</p>
+
+<p>"Why is it, Donald," I asked, "that the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span>regulars think so well of us,
+and laugh at the rest of the provincials?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, man, one reason is, because you're no province soldiers at all,
+being in the direct pay and service of the King, like ourselves. And
+then you're a braw set of men, and ken this fighting in the woods a deal
+better than we do, and we know it. But the provincials are gawks from
+country towns, without discipline, and with no more knowledge of the
+woods than we have."</p>
+
+<p>"But Edmund and I are from a town like them."</p>
+
+<p>"You've keppit gude company, since you've been with the Rangers, and
+have been long enough with them to look and act like the rest of them.
+One would take you for hunters and woodsmen."</p>
+
+<p>"But the provincials were the last to leave the field at Ticonderoga."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm no denying it. They fought well."</p>
+
+<p>"And for country greenhorns, they did pretty well with the cannon the
+other day."</p>
+
+<p>"Aye, man, I'm no saying they didn't. I'm a truthful man, and I maun say
+I was sair <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span>disappointed when they beat us shooting." And he changed the
+subject.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">LAKE GEORGE</div>
+
+<p>Though our camp was foul, yet the lake was the fairest spot I have ever
+seen&mdash;dotted with islands and hemmed in by mountains. Even Hector and
+Donald said it was "a bonny place, just for all the world like old
+Scotland."</p>
+
+<p>We used to row on the lake, among the pretty islands, or lie in the boat
+and gaze at the mountains and the clouds floating over them. It seemed
+absurd that two great bodies of men should come to such a serene,
+peaceful place, and occupy their time killing each other.</p>
+
+<p>About two weeks after the Fort Anne fight, Edmund and I had a chance to
+get away from camp for several hours, and started off with 'Bijah
+Thompson of Woburn, whom we found in Colonel Nichols's regiment.</p>
+
+<p>We pulled out on the lake, went in swimming, and then rowed slowly along
+with our fish-lines trailing behind. But the fish didn't bite. We cut
+across the upper part of the lake, and as we approached the further
+side, Edmund said: "What's that over on the shore, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span>Ben? There's some
+one there who seems to be making motions to us."</p>
+
+<p>We rowed in that direction, and saw a man waving his arms, and heard a
+"hello!"</p>
+
+<p>"That's no Frenchman. That's one of our men who has got lost in the
+woods, or who has escaped from the French."</p>
+
+<p>As we came nearer, we saw that he was almost naked. We pulled toward the
+shore, and beheld a pitiful, haggard fellow, with nothing on him but a
+pair of ragged breeches and a tattered shirt. We were about to ask him
+some questions, when he exclaimed:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"B-B-Ben and Edmund, and 'B-Bijah Thompson too, by gum! An-An-And ain't
+I glad to see you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Amos Locke! And we're glad to see you, too. Where have you been?"</p>
+
+<p>"B-Been? I've been in h-hell. Say, have you got anything to eat? I'm
+starved."</p>
+
+<p>We had a lot of rye and Injun bread, cheese, and boiled beef with us. We
+brought it out, and Amos gulped away at it like a hungry dog. We also
+had a wooden bottle into which we had poured our rations of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span>rum, and
+then filled it up with water. We passed it to Amos, and he took a long
+swig at it. As he took it away from his mouth, a happy grin came over
+his face.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">AMOS COMES BACK</div>
+
+<p>"B-Boys, that goes to the spot. I'm not a rum-drinker, but when a
+fellow's been frozen, and starved, and water-logged, he does sort of
+hanker after something that has a t-tang to it."</p>
+
+<p>He put down the bottle, and went to work at the food again. In a short
+time our dinner had disappeared&mdash;and we had put up what we considered
+was an ample supply for three hearty men.</p>
+
+<p>I picked up my jacket and handed it to him to put on; for though it was
+a warm day, he looked cold and peaked. His feet were badly cut, and were
+done up in bandages of cloth. Then I filled my pipe, and taking out my
+flint and steel, lit it and gave it to him.</p>
+
+<p>"This isn't b-bad. Now row to the place where the victuals are."</p>
+
+<p>Edmund and 'Bijah rowed, while I questioned Amos.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span>"Well, I was running through the b-bushes, just a little behind you,
+Edmund, when my foot caught in a root or vine, and over I went
+ker-flummux. My gun flew out of my hands, and as I was g-getting up, two
+Frenchmen grabbed me and p-pulled me off through the woods. When they
+had gone quite a distance, they t-tied me to a tree, and went back to
+fight. I heard the firing and tried to get loose, but couldn't.</p>
+
+<p>"A young Injun came along and had some f-fun throwing his tomahawk at
+the tree, just over my head, seeing how near he could come to it without
+hitting me.</p>
+
+<p>"After he had done this half a dozen times, he stood in front of me, and
+said, 'Ugh! Me big Injun.' I said, 'Yes, you big Injun. Big Injun better
+go fight.' He went away, and in about an hour my two Frenchmen came
+running back with more men. They untied me, and fastening a line around
+my neck, one led and the other drove me, hitting me with his loaded gun,
+punching the muzzle into my b-back. When they got to the place where
+they had left their packs, they p-pulled off my <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span>jacket and waistcoat,
+t-tied a heavy pack on my back, and drove me along again.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">ISRAEL PUTNAM HAS A WARM TIME</div>
+
+<p>"Every now and then I sank down, and thought I c-couldn't go any
+further; but the man behind put his gun to my head, r-r-ripped out a lot
+of oaths at me, and told me he would blow my head off if I didn't get up
+and hustle.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, no, I don't know their lingo; but I could understand just what he
+said, and what's m-more, I know he m-meant it. I didn't want to be a
+c-cold corpse out there in the woods, so I got up and struggled on
+again.</p>
+
+<p>"At last they camped for the night. They laid me on my back and t-tied
+my hands and feet to stakes d-driven into the ground.</p>
+
+<p>"I saw Major P-Putnam, who had been captured by some Injuns. They took
+his pack off, and he looked as if he would drop. They r-rushed at him,
+stripped him, t-tied him to a tree, piled dry branches and brush about
+him, and set them on fire. Then they formed a ring around him, and
+taunted and insulted him. A shower came up and put the fire out. They
+g-got more branches and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span>lighted the fire again. The fire was burning
+well, and P-Putnam was squirming away from the heat, when a French
+officer ran up, k-kicked the branches aside, cut the cords, told the
+Injuns to stand back, and led P-Putnam away. I heard afterward that this
+man's name was Morin, and that he was the leader of the expedition.</p>
+
+<p>"The next morning at daybreak we got into the b-batteaux and canoes, and
+rowed down Wood Creek. I was in a b-batteau. They gave me an oar, and
+made me work for all I was worth. If I let up for a minute, they hit me
+and threatened to k-kill me. That ugly fellow who swore at me the day
+before was in the boat, and I c-could understand him. He made things
+very clear, as he jabbed the m-muzzle of his gun into my ribs, and
+h-held his finger on the trigger.</p>
+
+<p>"They were in a hurry to get out of the way of any f-force of our men
+that might be sent to cut them off. We reached T-Ticonderoga that night.
+They turned us prisoners out into a pasture with some scrubby trees in
+it, and p-put a guard around us. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span>And there they k-kept us, giving us
+hardly anything to eat, t-till at last we grew so hungry that we
+p-pulled the bark off the b-black birches, and ate it to stay our
+stomachs. I thought considerable of home while I was b-browsing round in
+that p-pasture, and of what I used to do. Not so m-much of
+pigeon-shooting and fox-hunting as of things I disliked, p-ploughing in
+the spring, hilling corn till my back ached, cutting logs into lengths
+for firewood till my arms were t-tired out and my hands b-blistered.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">FOND RECOLLECTIONS</div>
+
+<p>"These were all unpleasant, but I remembered the comfortable home and
+the supper that came after the work, and how I used to eat my fill in
+safety. And here I was, likely to be scalped or burned to death, and my
+innards just a griping and a yearning for a b-bit of solid food.</p>
+
+<p>"There were some four thousand Frenchmen in the fort, Canadians,
+Indians, and the regulars in their white coats.</p>
+
+<p>"I was bound to get away if I could, and watched for a chance. We were
+not f-far from the breastwork.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span>"Sentinels walked up and down on the inner side, and I knew that I could
+not c-crawl over it, without being seen. They did not pay so much
+attention to the swampy ground at either end. I made up my mind to g-get
+to the low land, and pass by the end of the breastwork.</p>
+
+<p>"After we had been there six days, a storm began in the afternoon. The
+rain came down in torrents, and the wind b-blew hard.</p>
+
+<p>"We were out in the wet, soaking. When the French had gone to sleep, I
+walked to the f-fence which was round our pasture, and waited for the
+sentinel to pass. Then I crept under the fence, and crawled along till I
+got to the swamp, and went into the edge of it and walked toward the end
+of the breastwork. The f-fall of rain had made the swamp worse than
+usual.</p>
+
+<p>"As I walked along in the mire, I felt that I was sinking, and caught
+hold of a t-tree and pulled myself out, but left my shoes behind. Then I
+kept close to the edge of the swamp, and went along carefully, t-till I
+got near the breastwork.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">A STROLL THROUGH THE WOODS</div>
+
+<p>"I heard the sentinel c-coming my way, and lay down till he t-turned and
+walked away from me.</p>
+
+<p>"I passed by the end of the breastwork, and kept along the edge of the
+forest, t-till I felt there was an opening, which I knew must be the
+path we travelled over on our way from Lake George. It was blind going,
+p-pitch dark. Every now and then I found myself wandering from the path,
+b-but luckily the passage of our large army had t-trodden it down into a
+road, so that I k-kept my way, though it was with great d-difficulty.</p>
+
+<p>"As it began to grow light, I reached a point where a ledge came down to
+the road; and I thought this would be a good place to leave the path,
+because if the Indians searched for me, they would lose my trail on the
+r-rocks.</p>
+
+<p>"I walked on the rocks for over an hour, t-till the sun rose, and the
+rain ceased. I came across a blueberry patch, and ate my fill. It was
+good to be free and to have something to eat.</p>
+
+<p>"I found a hollow where I would not be <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span>seen, and where the sun would
+shine on me, and I lay down and slept. When I w-woke up, and was
+thinking what to do, a rabbit came hopping along, feeding. I kept quiet
+until he had passed me, and rose up and c-cried out, Hooh! He sat up on
+his hind legs, pricked up his ears, and I knocked him over with a stone
+and ate him. Then I came to the brook where we had our f-first fight,
+but it was so full from the rain that I had to wait a day before I could
+cross it. It ran like a m-mill-race. My feet were all cut up, and I tore
+off the arms of my shirt and bound the cloth round my feet. I didn't
+d-dare to follow the paths, but kept through the woods t-till I struck
+the lake. I only travelled in the morning and afternoon, for when the
+sun was overhead I c-couldn't tell where I was going; so I ate berries
+and slept at midday. I reached the lake above the Narrows and went back
+to the path. I didn't care m-much if I were caught or not. I don't want
+to eat another b-berry in my life. Several times I saw boats on the lake
+and tried to get their attention, but <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span>c-couldn't. D-Didn't I feel happy
+when I saw you coming toward me! And when I knew who it was, I felt as
+if I were at home again m-milking the cows or up on old B-Bull Meadow
+shooting fifty-two pigeons at a clip. Have you heard anything from Davy
+Fiske?"</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">NEWS FROM WEAVER DAVID</div>
+
+<p>"Well, yes; 'Bijah here came out late, and he says Davy has been telling
+him some story about killing a bear in Grimes's cornfield up on the
+Billerica road."</p>
+
+<p>"That must have b-been before we left and we didn't hear anything about
+it. How was it, 'Bijah?"</p>
+
+<p>"I met Davy early this spring over in the woods by Listening Hill, and
+he told me about hunting a bear in Bill Grimes's young corn, which was
+about three feet high. He and Bill chased the bear; the bear ran off,
+climbed over a stone wall, and got stuck in a snowdrift, and they came
+up and killed him."</p>
+
+<p>"That's D-Davy all over. He's m-mighty careless about those hunting
+yarns of his. Pretty soon the bears will be wearing rackets in the
+summer to k-keep out of his way. And now, boys, if you don't mind, I'll
+stretch out <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span>in the bottom of the boat and get a little nap. I haven't
+had a good sleep I don't know when, and the f-food and the warm sun make
+me terrible sleepy."</p>
+
+<p>Amos lay down, and we rowed till we reached the shore.</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_XIII" id="CHAPTER_XIII"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER XIII</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">BEN COMEE HEAP BIG PALEFACE&mdash;TRAPPING BOB-CATS IN PRIMEVAL WOODS</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>When we arrived at camp we had something to eat. Rogers came to us and
+questioned Amos, first as to the number of troops at Fort Ticonderoga,
+and how they were arranged, and afterward he inquired about his
+adventures. When Amos told how Morin rushed in and freed Major Putnam,
+Rogers said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Morin? I know him well. I scalped him and carved my name on his breast
+with my knife."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I wished you h-hadn't. Then he m-might have given us something to
+eat."</p>
+
+<p>Rogers turned and went off.</p>
+
+<p>"Ugh! I don't like that man. You remember the time Lord Howe was
+k-killed. Well, that day I saw Rogers hit a poor <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span>wounded Frenchman on
+the head with his hatchet. It was the meanest thing I ever saw done by a
+white man, and I can't abide him."</p>
+
+<p>"No, he's cruel and hard as nails. I wish John Stark was the commander
+of the Rangers. He has all Rogers's good points as a fighter, is a
+better man, and has better judgment. He never makes mistakes."</p>
+
+<p>"Hello!" said Amos. "There's old Captain Jacob. I thought I'd n-never
+want to see an Injun again. But it's kind of good to see the old fellow.
+I wonder what makes him seem different from the Injuns on the other
+side."</p>
+
+<p>"Probably because he's a Christian Indian."</p>
+
+<p>"I guess not. I d-don't think his religion struck in very deep, and it
+don't worry him much. And when you come to that, they say those French
+Indians are Christian Indians too. I n-never noticed m-much religion
+about them. I guess we like him because he's on our side and shows his
+good points to us, and those other Injuns are agin us and show their
+ugly natures. It makes all the difference in the world whether the
+Injun's with you or agin you."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">BEN SENDS PRESENTS</div>
+
+<p>I had been feeling bad about the Indian that I wrestled with. He was
+such a fine fellow. How Jonas Parker would have delighted in him. Just a
+bundle of steel springs. There must have been a great deal that was good
+in a man like that.</p>
+
+<p>I walked over to Captain Jacob, and said: "I had a wrestle with an
+Indian in that Fort Anne fight, Captain Jacob, and I killed him. I'm
+sorry, for he was a fine fellow."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I heard! Big fight. Big Injun."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I should like to show those Indians that I thought well of him,
+and want also to do something for his wife and children, if he has any.
+Now, I have ten Spanish dollars. I should like to buy some present, and
+send it to them, and tell them how much I thought of him and that I'm
+sorry I killed him."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes! Me send Injun. Me send what you call 'em&mdash;Injun flag of truce.
+Me send presents. Tell 'em you heap sorry. Me tell 'em you think him
+heap big Injun."</p>
+
+<p>"That's it. That's the talk, Captain Jacob. Here's the ten dollars. Buy
+what you think <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span>are the right presents for his wife and children, and I
+shall be much obliged to you."</p>
+
+<p>"All right! Me do it!"</p>
+
+<p>Some days later, Captain Jacob came to me and said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"All right, Ben Comee. Me send Injun. He see them Injuns. He give 'em
+your words. Injuns feel heap proud. They say that Injun, him big chief
+of Canawaugha Injuns. His name Gray Wolf. Best man they have. They feel
+glad you think heap of him. My Injun give 'em presents for his squaw and
+children. Give 'em rum, tobacco, and chocolate."</p>
+
+<p>"Rum, tobacco, and chocolate?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, heap rum, heap tobacco, heap chocolate!"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, that was a mighty good idea, Jacob. There's lots of comfort in
+all three of those things. But I should never have thought of giving
+them to the widow and the orphans."</p>
+
+<p>"Injuns ask, 'What that man's name?' 'Ben Comee in Captain Rogers's
+company. They give my Injun, pipe, wampum, and powder horn with carving
+on it for you.' They <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span>say: 'Ben Comee heap big paleface to kill Gray
+Wolf. We think as much of his scalp as of Captain Rogers's or John
+Stark's.'"</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">LOUISBURG FALLS</div>
+
+<p>Edmund and Amos, who were standing near by, grinned, and Edmund said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"You seem to be pretty popular with those Indians, Ben. Don't get
+stuck-up over it."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't see anything very funny about it, and hope that all three of us
+shall pass through the fiery furnace, like Shadrach, Meshach, and
+Abednego, without a hair of our heads being touched."</p>
+
+<p>While we were being whipped by the French at Ticonderoga, another army
+under General Amherst and General Wolfe was besieging the fortress of
+Louisburg, on the island of Cape Breton. That army had good generals;
+and on the 28th of August we heard that the fortress had surrendered.
+Edmund came out of Rogers's hut. We were waiting for him.</p>
+
+<p>"Come along with me. Louisburg has fallen, and I've got to take some
+orders to the officers, about to-night. The four companies of Rangers
+with that army did well. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span>Rogers is mightily pleased over it, and is
+going to celebrate their good behaviour. Rangers to be at the
+breastworks at six, and fire a salute. There's going to be high jinks
+to-night. I've got to go in here and see Stark."</p>
+
+<p>The regiments were all under arms at the breastworks at six o'clock. It
+was the King's birthday, and the Royal Artillery began with a royal
+salute of twenty-one guns. Then the regiments fired in turn, till all
+had fired three times. After that the ranks were broken, and the fun
+began.</p>
+
+<p>More good news came soon after, and this time our own army had a
+success. For Colonel Bradstreet with two thousand men had set out on an
+expedition against Fort Frontenac, and early in September he sent back
+word that he had taken and destroyed the fort.</p>
+
+<p>These victories put new life into our men, and they became cheerful, and
+did not continually harp on our defeat.</p>
+
+<p>Through Hector and Donald we came to know the men of the Black Watch
+well, and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span>spent much of our leisure time with them, listening to their
+tales of cattle-lifting and of fighting in the Border.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">BORDER TALES</div>
+
+<p>Most of their talk was about the Rebellion of 1745, for the regiment was
+largely made up of Highlanders that had been "out" with Charlie. And
+when they drank the King's health, it was to King James they drank, and
+not to King George.</p>
+
+<p>Their conversation was very interesting to Edmund and to me, for our
+family had lived together like a clan in Lexington, and the older people
+still kept certain Scotch customs and used queer expressions. As the
+Highlanders talked, a strange feeling would occasionally come over us,
+as if we had led that life and seen those sights at some dim, remote
+period.</p>
+
+<p>In our own camp with the Rangers we heard stories of adventures in the
+woods with Indians, bears, and lucivees.</p>
+
+<p>Old Bill McKinstry said, "I wish we had some good strong traps, and we
+could go off and trap bob-cat."</p>
+
+<p>"And why shouldn't we have traps? What <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span>am I a blacksmith for? Just find
+me some old iron, and I will get the use of the armourers' forge."</p>
+
+<p>They procured the iron, and I made eight big traps with strong jaws and
+a chain for each trap.</p>
+
+<p>McKinstry, John Martin, Amos, and I got a furlough for a week, and so
+did Hector Munro, whom we asked to go with us. We packed up our traps
+and provisions on an Indian sled.</p>
+
+<p>The winter had set in. The river was frozen over, and the snow was deep.
+We fastened on our rackets and started to the southwest, where there was
+little likelihood that we should be disturbed by Indians. We went down
+the river, and turned off into a path that led to the west, and followed
+it till well into the afternoon, when we came to a good-sized pond. On
+the way, we shot several rabbits with which to bait the traps. McKinstry
+killed a hedgehog, which he said was just what he wanted. We chose a
+place where there were a couple of good-sized saplings, some twelve feet
+apart in a level and sheltered spot, not far from the pond.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">BUILDING A CAMP</div>
+
+<p>We cleared away the brush behind them, and fastened a pole from one tree
+to the other, some eight feet from the ground. Then we cut a number of
+long poles, and laying one end of them on the cross pole, and the other
+on the ground, made the skeleton of a lean-to hut. McKinstry had built a
+fire. He threw the hedgehog into it, and let him stay till the quills
+were well singed. Then he pulled him out and tied a string to him.</p>
+
+<p>"What are you doing that for?"</p>
+
+<p>"For a scent. I'll show you."</p>
+
+<p>McKinstry and I set out with the traps and bait, leaving our companions
+to cut fir boughs, with which to thatch the roof and sides of the hut,
+and make a bed. He held the hedgehog up by the string, and we walked
+down to the pond, and along the edge of it.</p>
+
+<p>"There's tracks enough, Ben. Must be game here. I'll scoop out a little
+snow, and you open the trap, and lay it in the hollow. Now, we'll cover
+it with twigs and leaves, to hide it. Cut up a rabbit, and lay the
+pieces <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span>on the twigs for bait. Bring me that log over there, and I'll
+fasten it to the chain for a clog. He'd gnaw, or pull his foot off, if
+we tied the trap to a tree. He'll haul the clog along, but he won't get
+many miles with it. Now we'll drag the hedgehog round, and the burnt
+quills will make a strong scent on the snow. That will do. We'll go on
+and pull the hedgehog through the snow behind us. When the animals
+strike that trail, they'll be apt to follow it to a trap."</p>
+
+<p>We set all our traps along the edge of the pond, at quite a distance
+from each other; and at the last trap, cut up the hog, and baited the
+trap with it.</p>
+
+<p>When we got back to camp, we found the roof and sides of the hut well
+thatched with boughs, and a good thick layer of them on the ground for a
+bed. The boys had collected a lot of wood, and piled it up near by. In
+front of the hut was a fire, at which Martin was baking some rye and
+Injun bread, and frying a large mess of pork.</p>
+
+<p>When we had eaten our supper, it was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span>solid comfort to sit in our hut,
+after our long day's work, to look at the fire blazing in front, to feel
+the heat, and watch the smoke curl up through the tree. On the further
+side of the fire they had built up a wall of green logs, so that the
+heat was thrown into the hut. We were snug and warm.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">JOHN McNEIL</div>
+
+<p>"Boys," said McKinstry, "when we get through with this war, you must
+come to the Amoskeag Falls, and visit your old friends. We've got some
+fine men there,&mdash;one's a great wrestler. I don't think your Jonas Parker
+could have stood up very long against him. His name is John McNeil. He
+is six feet six inches high, and used to be strong as a bull. He is a
+North of Ireland man, and had a quarrel with some big Injun over there,
+who came along on horseback, and struck at him with his whip. John
+pulled him off his horse, gave him a pounding, and had to leave the
+country. He settled at the Falls, and no man, white or red, could stand
+up against him for a minute. His wife, Christie, is a good mate <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span>to him,
+a big, brawny woman. One day a stranger came to the house and asked: 'Is
+Mr. McNeil at home?'</p>
+
+<p>"'No,' says Christie; 'the gude man is away.'</p>
+
+<p>"'That's a pity; for I hear that McNeil is a very strong man, and a
+great wrestler; and I've come a very long distance to throw him.'</p>
+
+<p>"'Troth, man,' says she, 'Johnny is gone. But I'm not the woman to see
+ye disappointed, and I think if ye'll try me, I'll thraw ye myself.'</p>
+
+<p>"The man didn't like to be stumped by a woman and accepted the
+challenge. Christie threw him, and he cleared out without leaving his
+name."</p>
+
+<p>"That's a braw couple," says Hector. "I hope there were no quarrels in
+that household."</p>
+
+<p>"No, indeed; as nice, peaceable, and respectable a couple as you could
+find in the whole Province. It's a fine sight to see the old man and his
+wife seated in front of the fire, smoking their pipes, and their big
+sons around them."</p>
+
+<p>"I'd like to see them. But what I do want to see is a panther or
+catamount. There's very little game left in Lexington. Now and then <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span>a
+bear, but the catamounts went long before my day. I suppose you have
+killed them."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A HAZARDOUS ADVENTURE</div>
+
+<p>"Yes, I've killed some; but Martin's brothers did about the best thing
+in that way that I know of. Tell them about it, Martin."</p>
+
+<p>"All right. We lived on the Merrimac, at a ferry that they called after
+us, Martin's Ferry. Father died when we were little chaps. Mother was
+strong, and we got along farming, hunting, and running the ferry. One
+day in winter, when I was about thirteen years old, my brothers, Nat and
+Ebenezer, went up to Nott's Brook, to see if they could find some deer
+yarded in the swamp. They came on a big track, followed it, and saw a
+catamount eating a deer it had killed. Nat had an axe, and Eben a club.
+Nat said, 'Let's kill him, Eben.'</p>
+
+<p>"'All right. It's a pretty slim show, but I'm in for it. How'll we do
+it?'</p>
+
+<p>"'You go up in front of him and shake your club to take his attention,
+and I'll creep up behind and hit him with the axe.'</p>
+
+<p>"'I don't think there's much fun shaking a club in a panther's face; but
+if you're sure you'll kill him, I'll try it.'</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span>"Eben walked up in front with his club, and Nat crept up behind. When
+the cat saw Eben, it growled and switched its tail round, and raised up
+the snow in little clouds. It lay there with its paws on the deer and
+its head raised, growling at Eben, who felt pretty shaky. Nat crept up
+behind the cat and gave it a blow with his axe that cut its backbone in
+two."</p>
+
+<p>"That was an awful p-plucky thing to do."</p>
+
+<p>"It was a most unfortunate thing for my mother."</p>
+
+<p>"How's that?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, it made me just wild to go bear-hunting with them. I kept plaguing
+mother to let me go. She used to say, 'Pshaw, boy, you'd run if you saw
+a bear.' One night I had been pestering her worse than usual. She left
+the room, and soon after I heard something bumping round outside. The
+door flew open, and in walked a bear, which came at me, growling. I
+grabbed a pine knot that was handy and hit the beast on the head, and
+over it rolled. The bearskin fell off, and there lay my mother stretched
+out on the floor. I was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span>afraid I had killed her, and ran and got a pail
+of water and threw it on her. She came to, and sat up in a kind of a
+daze.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">MARTIN'S MOTHER PLAYED BEAR</div>
+
+<p>"'What's the matter? Have I been in the river?'</p>
+
+<p>"'No, mother, you played you was a bear, and I hit you over the head;
+I'm awful sorry.'</p>
+
+<p>"'Don't say a word more, Johnny. Don't say a word more. I was an old
+fool. Serves me right.'</p>
+
+<p>"She got up, threw the bearskin in the corner, and went about her work.
+In the morning I asked her again if I could go bear-hunting with the
+boys.</p>
+
+<p>"She put her hands on her hips, looked at me, and laughed to herself,
+and then she said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"'Yes, Johnny, you can go. But be sure and take a club with you. I think
+you'll be a great help.'"</p>
+
+<p>Just as Martin had finished his story we heard a series of the most
+terrific screeches and caterwauls.</p>
+
+<p>"Heavens and earth, man," said Hector, "what's that? That must be the
+father of all cats."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span>"That's just what he is, and you'll think so to-morrow when you see him.
+That is, if he don't get away. That's what we call a bob-cat. The French
+call them lucivees; and he's the biggest cat in the country, except the
+catamount. It's just as well to leave him alone over-night. We don't
+want to go fooling round him in the dark."</p>
+
+<p>"Weel, mon, generally speaking I have nae fear of a cat; but if this one
+has claws and teeth like his screech, I think we'd better defer our
+veesit till the morrow. And it's surprising to me how comfortable we all
+are out here in the forest in the dead of winter. 'Deed, if Donald and I
+were out here alone, we'd be freezing; and here we are as happy as
+kings."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, and a bagpiper at hand with his music."</p>
+
+<p>"Now, Benny, don't run the bagpipes down. They're a grand instrument.
+Our friend down there does very well in his way; but he hasna the
+science. And I was thinking that all we'll be wanting is a little gude
+peat in the fire. The peat makes a bonny fire. We're no so wasteful of
+wood as you are."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">THE LAIRD OF INVERAWE</div>
+
+<p>"Well, Hector, we burn peat in our fires at Lexington, too."</p>
+
+<p>"Then you're more civilized than I thought."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, all we really lack are the bagpipes and some of those second-sight
+men and Scotch ghosts, who foretell what is going to happen. It's
+strange some of them didn't tell Nabby Crombie he ought to take his
+cannon with him when he attacked Ticonderoga."</p>
+
+<p>"We kenned more about Ticonderoga than you think, Comee. Didn't every
+mother's son in the Black Watch know that our major, Duncan Campbell,
+would meet his death there? He had his warning years ago."</p>
+
+<p>"A wise man don't do anything great if he tells a soldier that he's
+likely to be killed some time. But as you seem to think there is
+something remarkable in your story, you'd better give us a few solid
+facts. We might not look at it just as you do."</p>
+
+<p>"Duncan Campbell was the laird of Inverawe Castle in the Highlands, and
+with us was called, from his estate, Inverawe. One evening he heard a
+knocking at his door, and, opening it, saw a stranger with torn clothes
+and his <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span>hands and kilt smeared with blood. He said that he had killed a
+man in a quarrel and that men were after him in order to slay him. He
+asked for shelter. Inverawe promised to conceal him. The man said,
+'Swear it on your dirk,' and Inverawe did so. He hid the man in a secret
+room in his castle. Soon after there was a knocking at his gate, and two
+men entered.</p>
+
+<p>"'Your cousin Donald has just been murdered, and we are looking for the
+murderer.' Inverawe couldna go back on his oath, and said he kenned
+naught of the fugitive; and the men kept on in pursuit. He lay down in a
+dark room, and went to sleep. Waking up, he saw the ghost of his cousin
+Donald by his bedside, and heard him say:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"'Inverawe! Inverawe! Blood has been shed. Shield not the murderer.'
+When the morning came, he went to the man and told him he could conceal
+him no longer.</p>
+
+<p>"'You have sworn on your dirk,' the man replied. The laird didna know
+what to do. He led the man to a mountain, and hid him in a cave, and
+told him he wouldna betray him.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">INVERAWE'S FATE FORETOLD</div>
+
+<p>"The next night his cousin Donald appeared to him again, and said,
+'Inverawe! Inverawe! Blood has been shed. Shield not the murderer.'</p>
+
+<p>"When the sun came up, Inverawe went to the cave, but the man was gone.
+That night the ghost appeared again, a grewsome sight, but not so stern.
+'Farewell! Farewell! Inverawe!' it said. 'Farewell till we meet at
+Ticonderoga.'</p>
+
+<p>"Inverawe joined the Black Watch. They were hunting us down in the
+Highlands, after we had been out with Charlie. When this war came on,
+the King granted us a pardon if we would enlist; and right glad we were
+to get out of the country. We reached here and learned that we were to
+attack Ticonderoga. All of us knew the story. When we reached there, the
+officers said: 'This is not Ticonderoga. This is Fort George.' On the
+morning of the battle, Inverawe came from his tent, a broken man, and
+went to the officers, ghastly pale. 'I have seen him. You have deceived
+me. He came to my tent last night. This is Ticonderoga; I shall die
+to-day.'"</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span>"But he didn't die that day," said Martin. "He was hit in the arm, and
+didn't die till ten days after."</p>
+
+<p>"If you're going to split straws about it," said McKinstry, "the ghost
+didn't tell him he would be killed there. He got his death wound, at any
+rate; that was near enough. A good deal better guess than you could
+make. Between the yelling of that bob-cat and Hector's grisly story,
+we're likely to have a good night's sleep. I think we'd better frighten
+the ghosts off, and then turn in."</p>
+
+<p>In the morning, Hector, Amos, and I wanted to go to the traps at once to
+examine them; but Martin said, "It may be hours before we get back, and
+if you were to start without your breakfast, you might be calling
+yourselves pretty hard names later in the day."</p>
+
+<p>We cooked breakfast, and after we had eaten it, took our guns, and went
+to the pond. Our first trap was gone; but there was a big trail where
+the clog had been dragged through the snow and bushes.</p>
+
+<p>We followed it for nearly half a mile, till Martin stopped us and said,
+"There he is."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">THEY KILL A BOB-CAT</div>
+
+<p>We looked into a clump of bushes, and saw a pair of fierce blue eyes,
+which looked like polished steel. As we gazed, they seemed to grow
+larger and flash fire.</p>
+
+<p>"'Deed, mon," said Hector, "a more wicked pair of eyes I never saw."</p>
+
+<p>Martin raised his gun and fired at the bob-cat; but though he wounded
+it, the cat jumped at us, pulling the clog after it. McKinstry gave it
+another shot, which knocked it over. It died hard.</p>
+
+<p>When the animal was dead, we examined it. It was over three feet long
+and about two feet high. Its tail was about six inches long. Its head
+was about as big as a half-peck measure. Its ears were pointed, with
+little black tassels at the ends. It had whiskers on its cheeks and
+smellers like a cat. The fur was gray, except that on the belly, which
+was white.</p>
+
+<p>Hector was looking at its claws, which were nearly two inches long.</p>
+
+<p>"McKinstry, what do these animals eat?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, if you were alone here in the woods, I think likely they'd eat a
+Scotchman."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span>"I was a thinking that same thing myself."</p>
+
+<p>We skinned the bob-cat, and cut off some of his flesh with which to bait
+the trap, and then we carried the trap back, and set and baited it
+again.</p>
+
+<p>We found nothing in our other traps till we came to the spot where the
+seventh one had been, and that had disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>We followed the trail, and finally saw the cat on a stump among some
+bushes. McKinstry shot it. It jumped at us, but fell dead.</p>
+
+<p>It was like the other, and weighed something over thirty pounds, though
+it looked much heavier on account of its long fur.</p>
+
+<p>We skinned it, and set and baited the trap again. The last trap had not
+been touched.</p>
+
+<p>As we were going back, Amos said: "What a p-pity Davy Fiske c-couldn't
+have been with us. He'd have talked of this all his life."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, the only difference is, that Amos Locke will, instead."</p>
+
+<p>Just before we left the pond, we saw that <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span>an animal had turned in on
+our tracks, and had followed them up toward the camp.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A FISHER</div>
+
+<p>"That's a black cat or fisher," said Martin. "His tracks look like a
+little child's. I'd like to get him, for a black cat's fur is worth
+something."</p>
+
+<p>The tracks kept along with ours, and when we got to the camp, we found
+that he had eaten up one of three partridges we had left there.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll fix him," said McKinstry, and the next day he brought up a trap
+and set it near the hut, and baited it with partridge. The following
+day, while we were away, the black cat came again, passed by our trap
+and bait, and though there was a fire burning, went to the hut and ate
+some baked beans which were there. He made two more calls on us, but
+scorned the trap.</p>
+
+<p>On the second day out, Martin shot a deer, so that we had plenty of
+fresh meat; and we cut holes in the ice on the pond and caught pickerel.</p>
+
+<p>When the week was up, we had eight bob-cats and an otter. We packed our
+traps and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span>skins on the sled, started back, and reached Fort Edward in
+the evening.</p>
+
+<p>Edmund had been unable to go with us on this trip, as Major Rogers was
+at Albany, and Edmund's duties as adjutant kept him in camp.</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_XIV" id="CHAPTER_XIV"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER XIV</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">A SCOUTING EXPEDITION IN THE DEAD OF WINTER</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>One day about the end of February, Edmund came out of Rogers's hut, and
+said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Rogers is going on a scout, boys, down to Ticonderoga, and will take
+your company. Johnson is going to send over fifty Mohawk Indians under
+Captain Lotridge, and there'll be a number of regulars, too. There will
+be about three hundred and fifty men in the party, so that there won't
+be much chance of your being treated as we were in our first expedition.
+An engineer lieutenant named Bhreems is going with you, and will make
+sketches of the fort. You are to try and take some prisoners to bring
+back information."</p>
+
+<p>We set out on the third of March, 1759.</p>
+
+<p>The snow was deep, and the Rangers and Indians were on snowshoes. The
+regulars <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span>followed us, plodding along heavily through the snow. We
+reached Halfway Brook that night, and the next day got over to Lake
+George. We waited till it was dark and then marched down the lake to the
+First Narrows, which we reached about two in the morning.</p>
+
+<p>It was bitter cold, and already some of the men were so badly
+frost-bitten that twenty of them had been sent back to Fort Edward.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, boys," said Rogers, "we must keep under cover all day and hide
+till night comes on. You can't have any fires. Get into sheltered spots
+and huddle together to keep warm, and shift round now and then to give
+every one a fair chance."</p>
+
+<p>We huddled together like sheep and covered ourselves with our blankets.
+Occasionally we rose, stamped our feet and beat our hands, and then
+crouched down again.</p>
+
+<p>When it was dark we put on our rackets and set out again. By daybreak we
+reached the landing-place. Rogers sent scouts to see if any of the enemy
+were out. They reported that there were two parties of them <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span>cutting
+wood on the east side of Lake Champlain.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">FRENCH WOODCUTTERS</div>
+
+<p>Rogers now marched with fifty Rangers and as many Indians down to the
+isthmus, and we went up the same hill from which John Stark and Engineer
+Clark made their observations the year before. Everything looked
+different in the winter. We were acting as a guard to Mr. Bhreems, who
+went up to the crest of the hill and made sketches of the fort. Amos and
+I crept along the sidehill to where a few Indians and Rangers were
+watching some Frenchmen at work on the other side of the lake. They were
+cutting down trees and chopping them up into firewood.</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose we've got to go over and capture some of those men, Amos."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes; seems a p-pity, too, to attack men cutting wood. It puts me in
+mind of home. That's what I'd be doing now if I were there."</p>
+
+<p>Rogers left a few scouts to watch these men, and the rest of us returned
+with the engineer.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span>The weather grew colder and colder. All this time we could have no
+fires. We watched each other to see if an ear or a nose were getting
+frost-bitten. I told Amos that his right ear looked pretty white, and
+that he had better see if there were any feeling in it.</p>
+
+<p>He took off his mittens and pinched it.</p>
+
+<p>"It don't hurt a bit. There isn't a mite of feeling."</p>
+
+<p>I gave it a good rubbing, and he soon had feeling enough in it. "That
+comes from wearing such long ears, my boy."</p>
+
+<p>His toes felt numb, and he went to a place that was bare of snow, took
+off his rackets, and stamped to get some life into his feet.</p>
+
+<p>The regulars suffered much more than we did, for they had no rackets,
+and had been wallowing along in the deep snow. So many were frost-bitten
+that Rogers sent all the regulars back to Sabbath Day Point, and thirty
+Rangers with them.</p>
+
+<p>Amos went with this party. They were told to build fires to keep
+themselves warm, and to wait for us.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">THEY CAPTURE SOME PRISONERS</div>
+
+<p>At three in the morning the rest of us started out, Rogers, three
+lieutenants, one regular, and forty Rangers, and Captain Lotridge with
+forty-six Mohawk Indians.</p>
+
+<p>We went southward to avoid being seen, and crossed South Bay about eight
+miles south of the fort. Here we came upon the trail of a large party of
+Indians who had gone toward Fort Edward; and Rogers sent off a couple of
+scouts to notify the men at the fort.</p>
+
+<p>Then we turned and marched north in a couple of files, till we got
+within half a mile of the place where the French were cutting wood.</p>
+
+<p>Two Rangers and two Indians were sent forward to scout. They returned
+and reported that about forty Frenchmen were at work opposite the fort.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, boys," said Rogers, "get ready."</p>
+
+<p>We threw down our blankets, and crept up silently till we were near
+them. Then we rushed on them and took several prisoners. Many others
+were killed by our Indians.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span>The French over at Fort Ticonderoga saw what was going on, and some
+eighty Canadians and Indians ran out of the fort followed by about one
+hundred and fifty regulars.</p>
+
+<p>They pursued us.</p>
+
+<p>"Spread out, boys, into a line abreast. Don't let them get a raking shot
+at you. Make for that rising ground over there."</p>
+
+<p>"I thought the old man wouldn't clear out without giving them a little
+fun," said McKinstry. "'Twouldn't be neighbourly after all the trouble
+they are taking to entertain us."</p>
+
+<p>We retreated till we reached the rising ground, and then made a stand.
+The Canadians and Indians had snowshoes, and were a good deal ahead of
+the regulars. As they approached us, McKinstry said: "I wonder what kind
+of a shot you can make, Ben, with that French gun you've got. I'll take
+that big Frenchman over there with the blue shirt on."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, then, I'll take the fellow next to him on the left."</p>
+
+<p>They ran up toward us, and began to fire. We waited till they got close,
+and returned <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span>their fire. As the smoke blew away, McKinstry said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A WARM RECEPTION</div>
+
+<p>"Both of our men are down. You did well, Ben. It's a good deal easier to
+shoot a partridge than it is to shoot a man who is running at you with a
+gun in his hand."</p>
+
+<p>The French fell back and waited for the regulars, and we started on
+again.</p>
+
+<p>We reached a long ridge, and crossing to the further side of it, halted.</p>
+
+<p>They came close to us, and McKinstry and I again chose our men. The
+Rangers poured a hot fire into them. We could not see till the smoke
+lifted.</p>
+
+<p>"Your man is down, Ben; and I can see my man running away, but he
+limps."</p>
+
+<p>"His toes may be frost-bitten, Mac."</p>
+
+<p>"They weren't five minutes ago."</p>
+
+<p>Our last fire completely routed the French, and they gave up the
+pursuit.</p>
+
+<p>Two Rangers were killed; one of them was next to me as he fell. The
+regular who went with us was shot, and an Indian was wounded.</p>
+
+<p>Of the enemy, some thirty were killed. We <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span>had the advantage in
+position, being sheltered by the ridge.</p>
+
+<p>We kept on the go till twelve o'clock that night, having marched over
+fifty miles since we started in the morning. This, together with our
+three small scrimmages, might be considered an ample day's work. The
+snow was about four feet deep, and many of the party had their feet
+frozen, for it was bitter cold.</p>
+
+<p>When we got to Sabbath Day Point, we found the rest of our men there,
+and a number of good fires. We warmed ourselves at them, and our
+companions brought us some warm food and drink.</p>
+
+<p>Amos's ear was puffed up, and his toes were so sore he could hardly
+walk.</p>
+
+<p>We were very tired, and rolled ourselves up in our blankets near the
+fires, and had a sound sleep.</p>
+
+<p>The next day we marched as far as Long Island, and camped there that
+night.</p>
+
+<p>At sunrise one of our Indians brought word that a large herd of deer was
+on the lake near the west side.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">A HERD OF DEER</div>
+
+<p>McKinstry, Martin, Amos, and I got leave to go after them with some
+other Rangers and Indians. Amos started with us too.</p>
+
+<p>"This is f-fun, Ben. A whole herd of d-deer waiting to be knocked over.
+Oh, my feet!"</p>
+
+<p>He limped along, and the sweat stood out on his face. "It's no use, Ben.
+I can't do it. I call that t-tough luck&mdash;to be cheated out of the best
+chance for hunting I ever had. Good-by."</p>
+
+<p>He felt as bad over it as a boy of twelve would to lose Thanksgiving
+dinner.</p>
+
+<p>We divided into two parties. A half a dozen Indians walked up the lake
+beyond the deer, so as to drive them toward us; and the rest of us went
+to the west side of the lake and up into the woods, till we were hidden
+from the lake.</p>
+
+<p>We walked along on a path that was near the shore of the lake, till we
+were opposite the deer, and the Indians were already in a line on the
+further side of them.</p>
+
+<p>"Now, boys," said McKinstry, "spread out, so that they can't run to the
+shore, and in this going we ought to get them all."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span>We went down on the ice and drove them toward the Indians and then
+formed a circle around them.</p>
+
+<p>As we had rackets on, and the snow was deep, we could outrun the deer,
+and we killed the whole herd&mdash;twelve in all. Most of us shot our deer,
+but the Indians ran alongside of them and killed their deer with their
+hunting-knives.</p>
+
+<p>"No more salt beef for us for a week or so," said McKinstry. "I've been
+longing for a bit of venison."</p>
+
+<p>We cut up our deer, and making some rude sleds out of bark, placed our
+venison on them, and soon overtook the rest of our party, for they moved
+slowly.</p>
+
+<p>Rogers had sent word to Fort Edward that many of the men were
+frost-bitten and unable to walk; and one hundred men with a number of
+Indian sleds were sent to us and met us on the lake. Amos got on one of
+these sleds, and we marched back to Fort Edward.</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_XV" id="CHAPTER_XV"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER XV</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">CAMP DISCIPLINE&mdash;AMHERST'S ANGELS&mdash;A BRUSH WITH THE FRENCH,<br /> AND THE LOSS
+OF CAPTAIN JACOB</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>In the spring the provincial troops began to meet at Albany. Some of our
+officers had been recruiting during the winter, and they returned with
+their men.</p>
+
+<p>John Stark had gone home in the fall to get married, and he brought back
+one hundred men whom he had enlisted at Amoskeag Falls. Two companies of
+Stockbridge Indians also joined us. There were fifty men in each of
+these companies.</p>
+
+<p>By the first of June Amherst arrived at Fort Edward with part of the
+army, and Gage came up the river with the rest in boats. He brought the
+artillery and provisions with him.</p>
+
+<p>The river was so high that the men could <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span>not use setting poles, and it
+took them two weeks to row up against the swift current.</p>
+
+<p>Most of the provincial troops were without uniforms, and, as I have
+said, were ignorant of military life and discipline. Their officers wore
+a uniform of blue faced with scarlet, with metal buttons, and had laced
+waistcoats and hats. They were sober, sensible men.</p>
+
+<p>When the provincials reached Fort Edward, they were drilled daily and
+taught to fire by platoon and to shoot at a mark. They were sent into
+the woods to learn how to fight.</p>
+
+<p>One company from each regiment of the regulars was fitted out as light
+infantry and clothed lightly. Plenty of powder and ball was given to
+these men, and we used to go into the woods with them and give them an
+idea of wood-fighting. We had a good deal of fun out of all this. It was
+solid comfort to go out with a batch of conceited fellows and show them
+how very green they were.</p>
+
+<p>The soldiers were sent in bathing daily. The sick, if they had
+sufficient strength, had to go to the doctor for their medicines and to
+the river to wash and bathe. Amherst thought <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span>that spruce beer was a
+remedy against scurvy and made great quantities of it. We could have all
+we wanted at the rate of half a penny for a quart.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">MILITARY PUNISHMENTS</div>
+
+<p>Discipline was very rigid. Men were constantly being flogged. And one
+sometimes saw the drummers give a man two or three hundred stripes with
+the cat-o'-nine-tails, at the head of his regiment. Every now and then
+the drummers would rest, and a surgeon would examine the man to see if
+he could endure the remainder of the punishment. Some were punished by
+riding the wooden horse, and a couple were hanged for stealing cattle.</p>
+
+<p>The woods along the path from Fort Edward were cut down for quite a
+distance on either side of the path, that the enemy might not ambuscade
+our parties. And little forts were built every three or four miles along
+the road. No one died of idleness that spring.</p>
+
+<p>Our old uniforms were pretty well used up. When a jacket or a pair of
+breeches gave out, we replaced them with a deerskin shirt or breeches,
+which we made ourselves.</p>
+
+<p>In the spring General Amherst gave the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span>Rangers a new uniform. It was a
+blue cap or bonnet, such as the Highlanders wore, and a waistcoat and
+short jacket of black frieze lapelled with blue. There were no arms to
+the waistcoat or jacket, only armholes, and on the shoulders were little
+wings, such as the drummers and grenadiers wore. Hector called us
+Amherst's angels. The buttons were of white metal. We had drawers of
+linen or light canvas, and over them leggings of black frieze reaching
+to the thighs. From the calf down, they were buttoned with white metal
+buttons, and came over the feet like splatterdashes. At our waist was
+fastened a short kilt of blue stuff, which reached nearly to the knees.
+Our dress was much like that of the Highlanders.</p>
+
+<p>Most of the regulars who had joined us since the last campaign came from
+Louisburg, and had been sufficiently long in the land to lose a portion
+of that feeling of immense superiority which Englishmen have when fresh
+from the old country. Still they laughed heartily at the awkward
+appearance of the green provincial troops. And no one could help it who
+had experience in military life.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">"YANKEE DOODLE"</div>
+
+<p>"Ben," said Donald, "just listen to the green gawks singing and
+whistling that 'Yankee Doodle.' They think it is the finest tune on
+earth, and the latest martial music from England. I remember the bit of
+a surgeon who wrote that in fun two years ago, just to make sport of
+them."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, Donald, I like it myself; and as our boys have taken it up,
+they're apt to fight well under it."</p>
+
+<p>"'Deed, man, they'll no do anything with it. It's just a poor foolish
+tune."</p>
+
+<p>How little we foresaw the popularity of that air. For years the bands of
+the British regiments played it in derision of the provincials. Percy's
+troops marched to Lexington to this music. They did not play it on their
+return. During the Revolution our men played it whenever the British
+were defeated, and the tune gradually became unpopular in the British
+army.</p>
+
+<p>"Donald, our men may be green and awkward, but they are God-fearing men,
+most of them, members of the church; and they don't drink like fish, nor
+swear like pirates, as these <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span>newcomers do, whose conceit and
+overbearing ways are hard to endure."</p>
+
+<p>"You're right there, Ben. It's no bad thing to have a gude opinion of
+oneself, provided it's not altogether too gude. And I maun say that
+these men put themselves too high. And a man should have a bridle on his
+tongue, and not be drinking too much of this nasty rum."</p>
+
+<p>"They laugh at our ways of speaking, and say we speak through our noses.
+You of the Black Watch talk differently from them. I heard a captain,
+the other day, telling of pumpkins, which he called pompions. 'Yes,' he
+said, 'the pompion is a good vegetable, and an excellent succedaneum to
+the cabbage, in the latter part of the winter.' What do you think of
+succedaneum, Donald?"</p>
+
+<p>"'Deed, I think it's a fine word. I don't know what it means, but it has
+a grand sound. I'll manage to bring it in, in the future, when I hear
+people using big words. Benjamin, I'm obliged to you."</p>
+
+<p>"A few days later, I heard this captain talking about the fogs in Nova
+Scotia, which he <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span>said, 'are owing to the steamy breath of fish and sea
+animals.' I put that down at once. If I could only hear him talk right
+along, I think I'd learn a good deal about nature. How do you like it?"</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THE ARMY MARCHES TO LAKE GEORGE</div>
+
+<p>"He's a grand talker, Ben, and has an uncommon gude grip on the
+language. But I think his philosophy's gone to his head. He never lived
+among our Scotch mists, or he wouldn't be so befogged in his ideas."</p>
+
+<p>When General Gage reached Fort Edward, he was sent over to Lake George
+with part of the army. Three companies of Rangers, under Captain Stark,
+went with him. The other three companies, under Rogers, remained behind.</p>
+
+<p>On the 20th of June the rest of the army, under Amherst, marched to the
+lake.</p>
+
+<p>Our three companies of Rangers, under Rogers, formed the advanced guard,
+and threw out flanking parties to scour the woods near by. The artillery
+and baggage brought up the rear.</p>
+
+<p>Then nearly a month was consumed in building boats and rafts to carry
+the artillery, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span>in raising boats which had been sunk the previous fall,
+and in digging up cannon and stores that had been buried.</p>
+
+<p>Amherst wished for information about the French, and Captain Jacob was
+sent on a scout to Lake Champlain. At the same time Rogers, McKinstry,
+Martin, and I set out to see what force the enemy had at Crown Point.</p>
+
+<p>We put our birches into the water after dark. As I stepped into our
+birch, Jacob said: "Good-by, Ben Comee! Never see you again. Heap
+Canawaugha Indians at Crown Point. Gray Wolf's friends. All want Ben
+Comee's scalp. Me heap sorry."</p>
+
+<p>"Good-by, Jacob. Take care you don't lose your own hair."</p>
+
+<p>The Indians went along the south shore, and we struck across for the
+other side. The enemy had several batteaux on the lake, and we paddled
+quietly in the dark till we reached the other shore. As it became light,
+we lifted our canoe from the water, and hid it in the bushes.</p>
+
+<p>Rogers started off through the woods, and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span>we followed him in a file. We
+climbed a mountain near Ticonderoga and had a good view of the fort. We
+stayed there for a couple of hours, counting the different bodies of
+soldiers. There seemed to be about three thousand men in the
+garrison,&mdash;regulars, Canadians, and Indians. Then we came down and went
+north to Crown Point. We ascended a hill, and looked down on the fort.
+It was deserted. The French had concentrated all their men at
+Ticonderoga.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">CAPTAIN JACOB IN HOT WATER</div>
+
+<p>McKinstry called out: "Look up the lake. Captain Jacob is in hot water.
+Those two birches that are being chased are his, certain."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes; he and his men are in those two, and there are seven birches after
+them. About thirty men. It's a pretty slim chance he's got. Now they're
+firing."</p>
+
+<p>Both parties were shooting at each other. As they neared the shore, we
+lost sight of them behind a point, but could still hear them popping
+away.</p>
+
+<p>Rogers said: "Captain Jacob is in a fix. Presence of mind is a good
+thing, but <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span>absence of body is a great deal better in a case like this,
+and we'd better light out of here at once, and get out of the way before
+they run across our trail. There's too few of us to help him. We must
+look out for our own scalps. Hurry up."</p>
+
+<p>We went back into the woods a long distance before we turned south to go
+to Lake George. We reached camp the next evening, and on the following
+day a wounded Indian came in and said that Captain Jacob and the other
+four Indians were captured.</p>
+
+<p>There was a report that he was sent to Montreal, but it is more likely
+that he was tortured and sang his death-song at the stake.</p>
+
+<p>At last the rafts were ready for the artillery, and on the 21st day of
+July the army embarked and moved down the lake in four columns. The
+Rangers headed the column on the right. To the left of us was a column
+of two brigades of regulars. The third column was mainly made up of
+boats and rafts carrying the artillery and provisions, and the
+provincials formed the fourth column.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">THE ARMY EMBARKS</div>
+
+<p>A raft called the <i>Invincible Radeau</i>, which carried nine
+twelve-pounders, led the army, and the <i>Halifax</i> sloop brought up the
+rear.</p>
+
+<p>From these, signals were displayed which informed us what to do. The
+weather was hazy. There was a strong wind which made quite a sea, and
+put the artillery in considerable danger. Whenever the wind was
+favourable, we spread our blankets for sails, which helped us very much.
+There were in all about eleven thousand men,&mdash;regulars and provincials.</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_XVI" id="CHAPTER_XVI"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVI</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">THE RANGERS TO THE FRONT&mdash;CAPTAIN STARK'S TALE OF<br /> CAPTURE&mdash;TO ATTACK THE
+ST. FRANCIS INDIANS</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>We reached the outlet at night, and remained in the boats, tossed about
+on the water, which was quite rough. The Rangers were the first to land.
+We marched by the portage path to the sawmills, and crossed the bridge
+to the rising ground on the further side.</p>
+
+<p>A party of the enemy met us there, but we killed some of them, drove
+them off, and took several prisoners. Soon after, the grenadiers and
+light infantry came up, and were followed by the rest of the army, which
+remained over-night at the sawmills. The Canadians and Indians crept up
+again, and fired on us from the bushes.</p>
+
+<p>"S-Some of your Canawaugha friends, B-Ben, come to pay you a call."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">RANGERS ADVANCE TO LAKE CHAMPLAIN</div>
+
+<p>We got behind trees and bushes, and we and the French picked each other
+off till night came.</p>
+
+<p>Several of our men were wounded. How much the enemy suffered I do not
+know, as the Indians drag off their dead. This would seem to be a matter
+of no consequence, but I can assure you, that after you have been four
+or five hours behind a tree, and heard the bullets plug into it, or zip
+through the grass and bushes, close by, it's a great downfall when the
+enemy have been driven off, to search the ground in front of you, and
+find no dead or wounded, when you could take your oath that you had hit
+three or four.</p>
+
+<p>On the 23d, the Rangers were sent across the plain, to take a position
+on the cleared land, next to Lake Champlain, near the breastwork.</p>
+
+<p>When we got there, we found ourselves close to a small intrenchment, and
+the men in it opened fire on us.</p>
+
+<p>"There's no sense, Ben, in standing here, to be shot at," said Martin.</p>
+
+<p>"No; let's drive them out of that <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span>intrenchment, and get behind it
+ourselves. Come on, boys."</p>
+
+<p>We ran toward this earthwork, firing as we advanced, and the French
+cleared out as we were climbing over the bank.</p>
+
+<p>The army now came over to the lake, and the artillery was brought up by
+the provincials. Although the breastworks had been greatly strengthened,
+the enemy abandoned them, and withdrew to the fort. The breastworks
+afforded a good shelter for our men.</p>
+
+<p>Our army began to throw up earthworks, and at night the Rangers were
+sent into the trenches to pick off the enemy, and distract their
+attention from the workmen.</p>
+
+<p>All of our cannon had now been brought over; and on the night of the
+twenty-fourth Bourlemaque, the French commander, abandoned the fort with
+most of his army, and rowed down the lake, leaving four hundred men to
+defend the place.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as our guns were in place, a sharp cannonade began from both
+sides.</p>
+
+<p>Amherst wished to know what the soldiers under Bourlemaque were doing,
+and a <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span>number of Rangers had been sent down the lake to watch them, and
+some of them were constantly returning with news of the movements of the
+enemy.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THE FRENCH ABANDON TICONDEROGA</div>
+
+<p>A batteau and two whaleboats had been brought over from Lake George; and
+on the night of the twenty-fifth Rogers ordered sixty of the Rangers to
+embark in these boats, to cut a boom which the French had placed across
+the lake, just above the fort.</p>
+
+<p>When we were halfway to the boom, we saw lights moving at the fort, and
+the enemy ran down to the shore, and began to get into their boats.</p>
+
+<p>Rogers cried out: "They're getting ready to leave. Go for them, boys!"</p>
+
+<p>Our boats attacked some of the enemy's batteaux which were separated
+from the main body. We rowed among them and fired right and left. One of
+the crews showed fight, but we killed three or four of them, and the
+rest jumped overboard and swam ashore. Rogers sent our boat after
+another boat. I was in the bow, and kept firing at them, till at last
+they turned to the shore, and escaped into the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span>woods. At about ten
+o'clock, while we were still fighting, the fort blew up with a
+tremendous noise.</p>
+
+<p>We remained at this place, and in the morning took possession of the
+boats that we had driven ashore. They contained a large quantity of
+baggage,&mdash;fifty kegs of powder, and a number of cannon ball. Later in
+the day I examined the fort. It was completely destroyed by the
+explosion of its powder magazine.</p>
+
+<p>Two hundred Rangers, under Captain Brewer, were sent to watch the enemy
+at Crown Point. The rest of us were sent to the sawmills, to look out
+for flying parties of the enemy. We remained there two weeks.</p>
+
+<p>On the 12th of August we were ordered to the front of the army, and the
+whole army marched to the fort at Crown Point, which had been blown up
+and destroyed by the enemy.</p>
+
+<p>I had not had a chance to talk to Captain Stark for a long time, and
+when we camped at Crown Point, I went over to his quarters. He took me
+into his hut and gave me a pipe.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">A FOOLISH ERRAND</div>
+
+<p>"I'm glad to see you, Comee. It's been some time since we met, and I
+shall not see you again this campaign. I received orders to-day to take
+two hundred men and cut a path through the woods to Fort No. 4. I am
+very glad of it, for it will take me out of a fix I should have been in,
+if I had remained here."</p>
+
+<p>"How's that, Captain John?"</p>
+
+<p>"General Amherst has sent Captain Kennedy and some other officers to try
+and gain over the St. Francis Indians. I think it is a foolish errand,
+which will breed trouble. I don't want to fight them. That is, I don't
+mind fighting them, if they come down here, spoiling for a row. But I
+don't want to go and attack them in their own region, for I am a member
+of that tribe: I was adopted by them. You never suspected that I was a
+full-fledged Indian warrior, did you, Ben?"</p>
+
+<p>"No, indeed. How in the world can that be?"</p>
+
+<p>"When I grew up, I went trapping and hunting at Baker's River, in the
+spring of 1752, with David Stinson, Amos Eastman, and my brother
+William. We made a camp <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span>with bark and boughs. There was plenty of game,
+and we trapped over &pound;500 worth of furs before the first of April. On the
+twenty-seventh day of that month we saw the tracks of Indians, and
+decided to get out of that region at once. I was twenty-three years old,
+the youngest of our party, and was sent to take up the traps."</p>
+
+<p>"Seems to me, Captain John, if I had &pound;500 of furs, and saw tracks of
+Indians, I'd have lit out with my furs, and not waited to pick up
+traps."</p>
+
+<p>"That would have been the right thing to do. That's what a sensible man
+would have done. But if you had been there, you'd probably have been
+just as big a fool as we were. You see if we had come back without our
+traps, some one in the settlements would have been sure to laugh at the
+scare we had over nothing. And we were young idiots, and took the risk.</p>
+
+<p>"Just about sunset, I was stooping over the water, taking up a trap,
+when I heard a sound like 'O whish!' I looked up, and saw several
+redskins pointing their guns at me.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_215" id="Page_215">[Pg 215]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">THE CAPTIVES</div>
+
+<p>"They asked me where our camp was, and I led them two miles away from it
+up the river.</p>
+
+<p>"As I did not return to camp, the boys began to fire their guns to call
+me back. The Indians ran through the woods, and got below them on the
+river in order to head off the canoe as it came down.</p>
+
+<p>"Eastman was on shore, and Stinson and my brother William were in the
+canoe. Just after daybreak they caught Eastman as he was walking along
+the bank. The Indians told me to hail the others, and call them to the
+shore. I shouted to them: 'The Indians have got Eastman and me. Go down
+the further shore.' They paddled away, and the Indians rose and fired. I
+knocked up the muzzles of the guns of those near me, and as the rest
+fired, I hit all the guns I could. One shot killed Stinson, and a bullet
+went through the paddle which my brother held.</p>
+
+<p>"I cried out, 'They've all fired, Bill. Get away as quick as you can.'
+He paddled off, and the Indians gave me a good pounding, for which I
+could not blame them."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_216" id="Page_216">[Pg 216]</a></span>"They must have been pretty angry with you."</p>
+
+<p>"They were just boiling over, and at the same time they kind of liked me
+for it, too.</p>
+
+<p>"They were St. Francis Indians. There were ten of them under their
+chief, Francis Titigaw. They took us up to the Connecticut River, where
+we were joined by two Indians who had been left there. Then we went to
+the upper Coos Intervale. Three of the Indians were sent with Eastman to
+the village of St. Francis. The rest of us hunted on a small creek. They
+let me do a little trapping, and gave me the skins of a couple of
+beavers that I killed.</p>
+
+<p>"Early in June we arrived at St. Francis, and they made Eastman and me
+run the gauntlet. The young Indians formed two lines, and we were to run
+down between them. Each Indian had a club or stick, and they gave
+Eastman and me two poles about eight feet long, with the skin of an
+animal or bird tied to the end.</p>
+
+<p>"They taught us some words to sing as we passed down the line, and
+pretty sassy words they were. Eastman sang, 'I'll beat all your <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_217" id="Page_217">[Pg 217]</a></span>young
+men.' This made the young braves angry and every one struck at him, so
+that he was pretty well used up when he got through the lines.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">RUNNING THE GAUNTLET</div>
+
+<p>"When my turn came, I sang, 'I'll kiss all your young women.' I had a
+good, strong pole, and made up my mind that I would not be the only one
+who got the blows. As I ran through the lines, I whacked away, right and
+left, and this surprised them so much that I got through with but little
+harm. Perhaps you think, as others do, that there is no fun in an
+Indian. But the old men who sat near by were immensely tickled as their
+young men went down, and they showed their pleasure.</p>
+
+<p>"The first man who struck me was a young fellow eighteen or nineteen
+years old. I knocked him down, and he felt so small about it that I did
+not see him again while I was with them.</p>
+
+<p>"An Indian doesn't work. He makes his squaws and prisoners do that. They
+set me at work with the squaws, hoeing corn. I hoed up the corn instead
+of the weeds. They tried to make me hoe the right way. But I made <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_218" id="Page_218">[Pg 218]</a></span>up my
+mind that if they wouldn't hoe corn, I wouldn't. I threw my hoe into the
+river, and told them that I was a warrior and not a squaw to hoe corn.</p>
+
+<p>"Instead of being angry with me, they liked me for this, and the old
+chief adopted me.</p>
+
+<p>"They called me the young chief and treated me well. I learned something
+of their language and ways of fighting that has been of advantage to me.
+I never saw any prisoner of war treated with so much kindness as I was
+by those St. Francis Indians. After I had been at the village five
+weeks, Mr. Wheelwright, of Boston, and Captain Stevens, of No. 4, came
+to Montreal, to redeem some Massachusetts prisoners. But not finding
+them, they bought Eastman and me, and we returned with them by the way
+of Albany. I worked hard afterward, and paid off my debt to the
+Massachusetts Province. If there is to be any fight with these Indians,
+I shall be glad if I am at work cutting out a road to Fort No. 4."</p>
+
+<p>Early in September we heard that Captain Kennedy, who had been sent to
+these St. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_219" id="Page_219">[Pg 219]</a></span>Francis Indians, to persuade them to abandon the French and
+make peace with us, had been made a prisoner by them with the men who
+accompanied him, and had been sent to Montreal.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">CAPTAIN KENNEDY MADE PRISONER</div>
+
+<p>General Amherst was very angry at their treachery. On the afternoon of
+September 13 we received orders to be in readiness to explore the
+country west of us. We were told that we should go a short distance in
+boats and then strike out to the west.</p>
+
+<p>"This seems a silly trip, Ben," said Martin. "Fooling about in the woods
+where there is no enemy. Our army ought to be following the French,
+driving them down to the St. Lawrence. Then we could join our forces
+with Wolfe's, and finish up the war."</p>
+
+<p>"Sergeant Munro tells me that Amherst thinks he should restore the fort
+and build some boats and ships first."</p>
+
+<p>"Maybe, maybe; I'm not a general, but I believe that when you've got the
+enemy on the run, you ought to keep them on the run till they give in,
+and not sit down and give them a chance to get strong again."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_220" id="Page_220">[Pg 220]</a></span>That night we embarked in whaleboats. There were about two hundred men
+in our party. It was made up of a few of Gage's light infantry, under
+Captain Dunbar, and the rest were Rangers, among whom were fifty Mohegan
+Indians from Stockbridge. We rowed over to the east shore and went down
+the lake. Several canoes were sent ahead to warn us if any of the enemy
+were out. Cloth was wound round our oars where they rested in the
+rowlocks. We had orders not to utter a word, to make no noise.</p>
+
+<p>The boats moved in single file close to the shore where it was darkest.
+Before daybreak we landed and lifted the boats from the water and
+carried them into the woods. We lay hidden there during the day. We did
+not believe that we were going to the west, but could not guess the
+purpose of the expedition.</p>
+
+<p>The next night we embarked again, and rowed slowly in perfect silence
+with an advanced guard of canoes.</p>
+
+<p>Night after night we did this, always keeping in the shadow of the
+shore; and as we got toward the lower part of the lake, we did not
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_221" id="Page_221">[Pg 221]</a></span>start till late at night, and pulled our boats up into the bushes long
+before the day began to break. Several times our scouts came back and
+whispered that the enemy's boats were out. Then we went in close to the
+shore and waited till they were out of hearing distance.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A MYSTERIOUS EXPEDITION</div>
+
+<p>We were not allowed to make fires, and as we approached the lower end of
+the lake and lay hidden in the woods, we could see sloops and boats of
+the enemy out on the lake in the daytime. We had to proceed slowly and
+with the utmost caution.</p>
+
+<p>If we had not been on a perilous expedition into the enemy's country to
+some unknown point and for some mysterious purpose, about which we were
+worrying, this trip down the lake would have been delightful. The leaves
+were just changing colour. The days were perfect. The lake was
+beautiful, and we should have gazed with pleasure at the boats that we
+saw, had we not known that they were full of enemies who would have been
+well pleased to take our scalps and roast us at the stake.</p>
+
+<p>On the fifth day out, by some accident <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_222" id="Page_222">[Pg 222]</a></span>there was an explosion of
+gunpowder, and several of the men were burned and had to be sent back.
+Some were sick, and returned with them, so that by the time we reached
+Missisquoi Bay at the lower end of the lake our force was reduced to one
+hundred and forty-five men.</p>
+
+<p>It was apparent that this was no expedition to the west, and we were
+astonished as we advanced night after night into the enemy's country and
+close to their camp.</p>
+
+<p>Edmund knew where we were going, but he was as close-mouthed as an
+oyster.</p>
+
+<p>"What in the w-world are we up to? Are we going to attack the French
+army with one hundred and fifty men? I don't like these expeditions of
+Major Rogers. I wish we had a good safe commander like that c-colonel
+who was sent out on the lake to stop a party of French and Indians, and
+landed on an island and formed his men in a circle round him, and
+p-p-prayed that the Lord would send us a long war and a b-b-bloodless
+war, and kept on praying till the enemy went by. A fellow has some
+chance to keep his hair on <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_223" id="Page_223">[Pg 223]</a></span>his head with a g-good c-careful commander
+like that; but this Rogers don't care where he g-goes or how many get
+k-killed, so long as he can do something startling. What in time are we
+up to?"</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">AMOS PREFERS A CAREFUL COMMANDER</div>
+
+<p>I had been thinking over my talk with Captain Stark, and said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"I know what Rogers is about to do. We are going right up into Canada to
+the St. Lawrence River, to attack the St. Francis Indians who made
+Captain Kennedy and his men prisoners."</p>
+
+<p>As I said this, Edmund laughed, and I knew that I had hit it.</p>
+
+<p>"By the g-great Horn Spoon! That b-beats anything that Weaver David ever
+dreamed of. Is that it, Edmund?"</p>
+
+<p>"I can't tell you where we are going, but don't say a word of what you
+suspect; for if any of our party were caught and knew where we were
+going, it would be sure death for the rest of us; so just hold your
+mouth and don't talk."</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_XVII" id="CHAPTER_XVII"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_224" id="Page_224">[Pg 224]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVII</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">MARCH TO THE VILLAGE&mdash;THE RETREAT</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>We landed at Missisquoi Bay and pulled our boats up into the woods. Near
+them we hid the provisions for our return. We distributed the rest of
+the food among us, put it on our backs in sacks, and started off to the
+northeast.</p>
+
+<p>We left behind us a couple of Stockbridge Indians to watch the boats and
+give us notice if they were discovered. We had only marched two days
+when these two Indians caught up with us.</p>
+
+<p>"Frenchmen and Indians find boats. Heap big party follow us. Three
+hundred men."</p>
+
+<p>Rogers said: "Boys, we are out to punish some Indians, and the only
+course for us is to outmarch the enemy, do our work, and get out of the
+way."</p>
+
+<p>We plodded along day after day, from daybreak to dark, most of the time
+through spruce <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_225" id="Page_225">[Pg 225]</a></span>bogs where the water was sometimes ankle-deep, and at
+times up to our thighs. We were wet all the time, and our shoes began to
+rot and go to pieces.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">DAMP WALKING</div>
+
+<p>At night we cut down trees, laid boughs from one tree to another, and
+slept on them to keep out of the water. Nine days we marched and slept
+in this manner. It was a terrible strain even to hardy men such as we
+were, accustomed to forest life.</p>
+
+<p>Amos said: "We're just like a procession of cold, miserable frogs,
+h-hopping along through the water. This is the biggest fool trip I ever
+heard of."</p>
+
+<p>"Think of the glory, Amos, of going into the heart of the enemy's
+country and punishing these Indians."</p>
+
+<p>"Glory be h-hanged! I wish I was with Davy, hunting foxes and listening
+to his big stories of what he did do, or would have done if something
+hadn't happened."</p>
+
+<p>"But when you get back, Amos, you can crush him by telling of this
+trip."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, when I g-get back. When I get back! I should rather be b-back
+without the story. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_226" id="Page_226">[Pg 226]</a></span>L-Looks to me as if Davy's chance of hearing it is
+rather slim."</p>
+
+<p>On the tenth day after we left Missisquoi Bay we reached a river.</p>
+
+<p>Rogers said: "Boys, this is the St. Francis River. You have of course
+guessed by this time that we are going to punish the St. Francis Indians
+for making Captain Kennedy and his companions prisoners when they went
+to them with a flag of truce. I did not tell you before, because it was
+not safe to do so. If any of you had been waylaid, it was better he
+should not know where the party was going, for the Indians would torture
+him to make him tell all he knew, and then the French and Indians would
+be warned. Now they can only guess where we are to strike. The village
+of St. Francis is on the St. Lawrence River, at the mouth of this river,
+and on the further side. It is some fifteen miles from here. We shall
+attack them in the night. You need have no feelings of pity for them or
+mercy. They are the tribe who have been harassing our frontier for the
+past ninety years. I know that they have killed four or five hundred
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_227" id="Page_227">[Pg 227]</a></span>good New England men, beside the women and children they have slain and
+carried off. This river has a swift current, and we must put our packs
+on our shoulders and join arms, with the tallest and strongest up the
+river, so as to help each other. Come, Martin, and you, Comee, let's see
+how you can keep your legs to-day."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">CROSSING THE RIVER</div>
+
+<p>Rogers put me near the head of the line, as I was considered a strong
+man. We went into the water with arms locked, and struggled against the
+current. Though the river was over four feet deep, we got across with
+few accidents.</p>
+
+<p>Several men were swept off their feet, and some guns were lost, but we
+arrived safely at the further shore.</p>
+
+<p>We made a small raft, put our powder-horns on it, and pulled it to and
+fro across the stream till all were carried over.</p>
+
+<p>Scouts were sent ahead, and flanking parties were thrown out. We
+advanced cautiously in three files. I did not like this kind of an
+expedition, and said so to Martin, who was next to me.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_228" id="Page_228">[Pg 228]</a></span>"I can't bear this sneaking up on the Indians, and jumping on them in
+the dead of night when they are sound asleep. I like a good square fight
+of give and take."</p>
+
+<p>"Don't be a fool, Ben. Those Indians have killed and scalped two of your
+family. If you had lived on the frontier all your life as I have, you
+would be glad to pay them back in their own coin, eye for eye, tooth for
+tooth, scalp for scalp. I have had so many friends killed by them, good
+quiet people, who never harmed any one. Almost every year, and sometimes
+several times a year, I have gone with others to help drive these devils
+away from some fort or town. And the sights that I have seen make me
+hate the redskins worse than poison. And, Ben, you know enough of them
+yourself. How many Rangers have been tormented by them and scalped?
+Remember John McKeen! How he was stripped and tied to a tree; then the
+red devils danced around him, howled at him, taunted him, and threw
+their knives at him till he was full of holes from head to foot. Have
+you forgotten what they did then? Put a pine splinter in every wound he
+had, set <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_229" id="Page_229">[Pg 229]</a></span>them on fire and made a living torch of him."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">McKINSTRY'S SCORE</div>
+
+<p>"Yes, Martin, one does not forget such things, nor how they tortured
+others, and then made them run the gauntlet, hacked at them with knives
+and tomahawks till they fell, and then scalped them. They deserve to be
+killed like snakes, but I don't like to do it. No matter how mean or
+treacherous my enemy, I want a good stand-up fair fight. I am a soldier.
+I am under orders, and I shall do the work; but I hate it."</p>
+
+<p>"You needn't be squeamish, Ben. They are double our number, and if we
+don't kill them by a surprise, they will kill us."</p>
+
+<p>McKinstry had been listening, and said: "It's plain, Ben, that you have
+never lived where there were Injuns. Your injuries are too far off. They
+don't touch you. I have a score to pay that I have been wiping off for
+the past thirty years. Here's my tally-stick. Look at the notches."</p>
+
+<p>He pulled at a string that was round his neck, and showed me a little
+stick with seventeen notches in it.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_230" id="Page_230">[Pg 230]</a></span>"I have killed that number of Indians. Every notch I have added made my
+heart feel lighter. Every chance I have to kill a St. Francis Indian,
+awake or asleep, makes me happy. I want to see the whole tribe wiped off
+the earth."</p>
+
+<p>The land on this side of the river was higher than the region through
+which we had been travelling, and we were not so much troubled by
+mosquitoes, which had nearly driven us crazy in the swamps.</p>
+
+<p>The clear, crisp air dried our clothes before nightfall, and we slept
+sound, breathing in the clean smell of the fir balsams.</p>
+
+<p>On the next day, the twenty-second, after we left Crown Point, we made a
+cautious advance. Rogers halted us and climbed a tree. He said that he
+could see the village about three miles off.</p>
+
+<p>Rogers went ahead with Lieutenant Turner and Ensign Avery to inspect the
+village, and we lay down and waited. The moon was about three-quarters
+full. He returned at two in the morning, and said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"We crawled up close to their village. <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_231" id="Page_231">[Pg 231]</a></span>The Indians are having a great
+frolic. They have a keg of rum and are drinking it, and are dancing
+round the fires. I think there must be a wedding going on. They will
+sleep sound."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THEY ATTACK THE VILLAGE</div>
+
+<p>At three o'clock we crept up to within five hundred yards of the
+village, and laid aside our packs and prepared for the fight. We had one
+hundred and forty-two men, all told.</p>
+
+<p>We lay concealed in the forest till the Indians were asleep. Rogers
+divided us into three parties, and about an hour before daylight ordered
+us to attack the village on three sides. The St. Lawrence River was on
+the fourth side. We rushed into the village, through its lanes, kicking
+the yelping dogs aside, and stationed ourselves before the huts. Above
+the doors were poles, from which dangled rows of scalps, as if they were
+garlands of flowers.</p>
+
+<p>I stood by the door of a hut, and as an Indian came out I shot him; and
+when the next appeared, with a dazed, frightened look on his face, I
+brained him with the butt of my gun, and then pulled out my hatchet <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_232" id="Page_232">[Pg 232]</a></span>and
+chopped away at them as they ran by. Martin, Edmund, and Amos were near
+me. Sometimes several Indians made a rush, and we closed up and fought
+them.</p>
+
+<p>It was cruel, bloody butchery. But the sight of the poles with the
+scalps of English men, women, and children hanging from them made us mad
+with rage, and we killed the Indians like rats as they dashed out of
+their huts. Some reached the canoes, but were followed and cut down. Few
+escaped. Some squaws were killed too. We were all mixed up. It was
+impossible to spare them. They fought like wildcats with knives and
+hatchets, and we had to kill them or be killed ourselves.</p>
+
+<p>By sunrise the bloody work was over. Almost all the Indians had been
+slain. As we looked round and saw nearly six hundred English scalps
+dangling in front of the huts, we felt no sorrow for what we had done.</p>
+
+<p>Still, it was a grim, dreadful piece of work. The dead Indians lay
+around in the lanes between the huts, in some places in heaps,
+stiffening in death, smeared with blood, and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_233" id="Page_233">[Pg 233]</a></span>the Stockbridge Indians
+were already at work scalping them.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A GRIM PIECE OF WORK</div>
+
+<p>We ourselves were covered with blood, and looked like butchers from the
+shambles. It was not all Indian blood. They were not lambs, and gave us
+many a wound before we got the better of them. Edmund and Amos came to
+me.</p>
+
+<p>"How did you get through it, Ben?"</p>
+
+<p>"All right, but a few cuts. I hope I don't look as villanous as you or
+Amos."</p>
+
+<p>"I d-don't know how I look. B-But if I saw you or Edmund round my place
+looking as you d-do now, I'd shoot you at sight."</p>
+
+<p>Rogers ordered us to set fire to all the houses except those which were
+storehouses for corn. One house was a mass-house with pictures hanging
+up inside. We found some silver cups and plates in it, and a silver
+image some ten inches high. In the other houses we found many things
+which they had carried off from the settlements.</p>
+
+<p>Most of the Rangers had lost relatives and friends in these Indian
+fights, and were examining the scalps carefully. McKinstry was <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_234" id="Page_234">[Pg 234]</a></span>looking
+them over with an intense, eager air. Seeing me, he said: "It's a
+foolish search. Thirty years have passed since they killed my sweetheart
+and ruined my life. I was looking for a lock of hair like this."</p>
+
+<p>He pulled a little pouch from his breast, opened it, and unfolding some
+fine cloth, showed me a lock of golden hair.</p>
+
+<p>"The Indians surprised the garrison house where she lived and killed all
+but her. We got word of it soon. We started out with a large party and
+pursued them. We followed them day and night, and as they were being
+overtaken they killed and scalped her. I found her dead body on the
+ground, and from that day to this I have sought revenge. Last night was
+the happiest I have had for years. The tribe that killed her is wiped
+out, and I killed six of them myself."</p>
+
+<p>Rogers had been questioning some of the prisoners. He turned to us and
+said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Hurry up, boys; we must get out of this place quick. There's no time to
+go back after our packs. There's a party of three hundred French and
+Indians four miles below, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_235" id="Page_235">[Pg 235]</a></span>on the St. Lawrence, looking for us, and two
+hundred Frenchmen and sixteen Indians went to Wigwam Martinac a few days
+ago, expecting we would attack that place. They will all be after us
+soon. Load yourselves up with corn from the corn houses. Take all you
+can, for we shall have little else to live upon, as the game is scanty
+in the country through which we shall pass."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THE VILLAGE IN FLAMES</div>
+
+<p>We put the corn in our pockets and in any sacks that we could find,
+placed them on our backs, and left the village a mass of flames.</p>
+
+<p>"We must strike through the woods to the head waters of the Connecticut
+River, and follow it down to Fort No. 4. We can't go back by the way we
+came, for the French and Indians could easily collect a force that would
+overpower us. I sent word to Amherst to have plenty of provisions for us
+at the mouth of the Ammonusuc River, and we can get there all right."</p>
+
+<p>We released all our prisoners but a couple of boys, and started off,
+taking with us six Englishmen whom we found in captivity. Edmund
+said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_236" id="Page_236">[Pg 236]</a></span>"I'm glad to leave this place. It's too much like a slaughter-house.
+Orders are orders, and we have to execute them. But faith! I can't see
+but that we have been doing just what these Indians have done for the
+last ninety years."</p>
+
+<p>"The work had to be done, and we did it. I can't say I feel proud of it
+either. I wonder how we are going to get out of this scrape."</p>
+
+<p>"At the l-little end of the h-horn. It seems that we shall starve in the
+region th-through which we shall travel; and we should all be killed if
+we w-went in any other direction; and I guess these Indians will follow
+us p-pretty sharp, whichever way we go."</p>
+
+<p>We marched in a body to the southeast at the top of our speed. At night
+we stopped, parched our corn and ate it. In the morning at daybreak we
+started on again.</p>
+
+<p>In eight days we reached Lake Memphremagog. The corn was giving out, and
+Rogers separated us into small parties, each with a guide who had been
+up the Connecticut River. He told the different parties to <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_237" id="Page_237">[Pg 237]</a></span>keep away
+from one another, that they might the more readily find sufficient game
+to support them, and to meet at the Coos Intervale land at the mouth of
+the Ammonusuc River. That was the place to which he had requested
+Amherst to send the supplies.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THE AMBUSCADE</div>
+
+<p>Our Mohegan Indians left us, and went south toward their home, for they
+thought the hunting would be better in that direction and the risk no
+greater. They reached home without losing a man.</p>
+
+<p>Edmund, McKinstry, Amos, and I were with Rogers's party. The Indians
+pursued us closely. We came to a narrow valley, and Rogers said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"We'll try an ambuscade on them, and see how they like it. After you
+enter the valley, get up into the woods on either side. Don't fire till
+they are well in the valley."</p>
+
+<p>The rear portion of our party were exchanging shots with the Indians,
+dodging from tree to tree. They came down the valley followed by the
+redskins. When they were well in the trap, we opened fire on the Indians
+and killed a number. They began <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_238" id="Page_238">[Pg 238]</a></span>to run back. We reloaded hastily, and,
+after pouring a second volley into them, rushed on them. McKinstry
+knocked an Indian down, but was shot by another, whom I killed with my
+hatchet. I turned to McKinstry. He lay on the ground gasping for breath,
+shot through the body.</p>
+
+<p>"It's all up with me, Ben."</p>
+
+<p>I tried to staunch the blood.</p>
+
+<p>"It's no use; I feel I'm dying. I always liked you, Ben. May your life
+be happy. Good-by."</p>
+
+<p>He closed his eyes, and his breast heaved hard as he drew short, quick
+breaths. Presently he opened his eyes again. He did not notice me, but
+seemed to see something above him. A smile came over his face, and he
+said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, Mary, I'm coming, dear."</p>
+
+<p>Then his breathing ceased. We buried him in the valley, levelled the
+grave, threw wood on it, and burnt the brush around that the ashes might
+conceal the spot where he was laid. Then we hurried on again.</p>
+
+<p>Three days later two of Ensign Avery's <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_239" id="Page_239">[Pg 239]</a></span>men joined us, and reported that
+some of them had been captured by the Indians, and that several had been
+tortured and burnt at the stake. These two had escaped in the night,
+while the Indians were dancing round their companions. The next day the
+few who were left of Avery's party met us.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A CHOICE MORSEL</div>
+
+<p>We marched along, keeping a sharp lookout for squirrels, chipmunks, or
+any kind of animal that might serve as food. Thus we travelled over
+rocky mountains and through wet swamps, pursued by Indians, faint from
+hunger, worn out with fatigue and exposure, hardly able to walk. We had
+no blankets or shelter. The nights were cold and frosty, and when it
+rained we were soaked and chilled to the bone.</p>
+
+<p>We found almost no game. Edmund had the luck to shoot a big white owl.
+We plucked it, cut it up, and drew lots for the different portions. I
+got a leg. It was tough&mdash;almost as tough as our fate. But after one has
+been chewing leather straps for sustenance, an old owl's leg tastes
+good. I would not have sold it for its weight in the most precious
+stones.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_240" id="Page_240">[Pg 240]</a></span>I shall not tell all the horrors of that march,&mdash;the pangs of hunger
+that we suffered, the greed for food, the sights that I saw, nor what
+men did in their despair. Some things had better remain unwritten.</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br /><a name="CHAPTER_XVIII" id="CHAPTER_XVIII"></a>
+
+<hr /><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_241" id="Page_241">[Pg 241]</a></span>
+<br />
+<h2>CHAPTER XVIII</h2>
+
+<p class="cen">STARVATION&mdash;DRIFTING DOWN THE AMMONUSUC&mdash;FORT NO. 4,<br /> AND GOOD FORTUNE AT
+LAST</p>
+<br />
+
+<p>At last we arrived at the Ammonusuc River, where our provisions were to
+meet us, and found <i>nothing</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Fires were still burning which showed us that the relief party had been
+there, and had left just before we arrived. We shouted and fired our
+guns, but got no response. We learned afterward that the lieutenant who
+had brought the supplies had waited two days for us, and then quitted
+the place two hours before we arrived, taking the provisions with him.
+He heard our guns, but thought that they were fired by Indians, and kept
+on his way down the river.</p>
+
+<p>Our condition was terrible. We had been stumbling along, feeble, gaunt,
+half crazed by hunger and fatigue. But the expectation of <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_242" id="Page_242">[Pg 242]</a></span>food, the
+certainty that we should find plenty at the Ammonusuc, had nerved us up
+to the effort to reach it, and now it was gone. It had been there and
+was gone. We broke down completely and cried and raved. Some became
+insane.</p>
+
+<p>I have already said that I did not like Rogers for several good reasons.
+But he was a man of tremendous nerve, energy, and resource. Though his
+great strength had been wasted by starvation, so that he could hardly
+walk, he still remained the leader, and said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Don't lose your courage, men. I'll save all of you. It is sixty miles
+from here to Fort No. 4. Bring some dry logs. Hurry up. I am going to
+make a raft, and float down to No. 4 and fetch back food and help."</p>
+
+<p>We brought logs and made a raft.</p>
+
+<p>"You can find enough lily-roots and ground-nuts to keep you alive till I
+return. If any of you do not know how to clean and cook them, Captain
+Grant will show you. I promise you I will have all the food you want at
+this place in ten days."</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_243" id="Page_243">[Pg 243]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">STARVATION</div>
+
+<p>He got on the raft with Captain Ogden, an Indian boy and Martin, who had
+been over the river before. They poled and paddled it to the middle of
+the river, and drifted down the stream out of sight.</p>
+
+<p>The next day two more men crept into camp and reported that the Indians
+had attacked their party several days before, and had killed Lieutenant
+Turner of the Rangers, Lieutenant Dunbar of Gage's light infantry, and
+that of all their party they alone had escaped.</p>
+
+<p>It was horrible to see the wild, haggard men stagger in, and to witness
+their despair when they received nothing to eat but such lily-roots and
+ground-nuts as we could find and boil. There was but little nourishment
+in them.</p>
+
+<p>Ben Bradley left camp with three companions. They put on their packs.
+Ben looked at his compass, and said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Good-by, boys. In three days we shall be at home."</p>
+
+<p>They were never afterward seen alive. Several years later some hunters
+from the <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_244" id="Page_244">[Pg 244]</a></span>Merrimac found a skeleton in the White Mountains. They knew it
+was Bradley's from the hair, and the peculiar leather strap with which
+his cue was tied.</p>
+
+<p>After Rogers had been gone three days, I said to Edmund:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"I can't stand this any longer. This place is like a mad-house. We shall
+go crazy if we stay here. Let us get some logs, make a raft, and drift
+down the river."</p>
+
+<p>We talked it over that afternoon, and the next morning began building a
+raft. It was a rickety little affair. We finished it in one day, but
+were so feeble that we found it hard work. We cut a couple of saplings
+for poles, and took some wood, from which we whittled a couple of
+paddles.</p>
+
+<p>One of the men, who had been over the river before, said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Look out for a waterfall and rapids, some twenty miles down, boys.
+Don't get carried over them, or you'll be lost. And there's another bad
+fall and rapids below that."</p>
+
+<p>We poled the raft into the current, and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_245" id="Page_245">[Pg 245]</a></span>let it drift. Toward night we
+paddled to the shore and camped there.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">THE RAFT IS LOST</div>
+
+<p>In the morning we shot a squirrel, and during the day got another.
+Toward evening we heard the sound of the falls, and poled to the shore.
+The night was cold. We had no shelter. It rained heavily. We were
+drenched and almost frozen. In the morning our little strength was gone.
+We got on our raft, and poled it along till we were close to the falls;
+and then put in to the shore. Amos held the raft, while Edmund and I
+went below, in the hope that it might not be badly broken, as it came
+over, and that we could save it. We waded into the cold water, and Amos
+let the raft go. It was dashed on the rocks, as it passed over the
+falls, and was completely broken up. The logs drifted out of our reach.
+Thoroughly chilled, exhausted, and discouraged, we climbed the bank. We
+saw that fires had been made and trees burnt down, and then burnt into
+lengths.</p>
+
+<p>"This is some of Rogers's work," said Edmund.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_246" id="Page_246">[Pg 246]</a></span>"He must have lost his raft as we did, and burned the trees to get logs
+of the right lengths to make a new raft."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope he didn't spend much time over it. For I can't go any further,
+and B-Ben is all of a shake, and looks mighty poor."</p>
+
+<p>"I guess last night did for me, Amos. I've got some kind of fever coming
+on. Start a fire if you can, and let us try to warm ourselves."</p>
+
+<p>The ground was wet, but Amos and Edmund collected an armful of dry wood
+from sheltered spots. We rubbed some gunpowder into a rag, and sprinkled
+more over it. We held it near the lock of the gun, and flashed some
+powder in the pan. This lighted the rag, and we covered it with fine
+shavings which we had whittled, and made a fire.</p>
+
+<p>"A canoe from below ought to reach here by to-morrow. I can keep up till
+then."</p>
+
+<p>"Hush! I heard a p-partridge, and I've g-got strength enough to go after
+him." The tough, wiry fellow took his gun, and went into the woods.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_247" id="Page_247">[Pg 247]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">WELCOME VISITORS</div>
+
+<p>We heard a bang, and he came out with a partridge, which we roasted and
+divided among us. It only served to sharpen our hunger.</p>
+
+<p>"There must be more of these p-partridges in there. I'm g-going to try
+again. I feel b-better."</p>
+
+<p>"I will go too," said Edmund.</p>
+
+<p>They walked into the woods, and in half an hour I heard a couple of
+shots, and they came out with two birds. We roasted them, ate them, and
+felt that we were saved. We kept a good fire going, built a rough
+shelter of boughs, and slept quite comfortably that night, though the
+fever troubled me somewhat. The next morning we made an attempt to find
+more birds, but were unsuccessful. A little after noon we saw a birch
+coming up the stream with three men in it. They waved their hands to us,
+and landed where we were at the foot of the falls. They shook hands, and
+one of them said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"You look pretty peaked, boys. I guess a little food and drink won't
+hurt you."</p>
+
+<p>We ate greedily, and the food put warmth and life into us. We asked
+about Rogers.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_248" id="Page_248">[Pg 248]</a></span>"He's at No. 4. His raft was swept over these falls, and he and his men
+had a narrow escape. Then he made a new raft and was nearly lost at the
+falls below. We'd like to stop longer with you, boys, but can't. We're
+carrying food to the fellows up the river."</p>
+
+<p>"You must get there as quick as you can. We left about seventy men up
+there, starving and going mad for want of food."</p>
+
+<p>"Some more birches are to follow us in a couple of days, and you'll meet
+them on your way down."</p>
+
+<p>They gave us some food and then made the carry, up by the falls, and
+left us. We ate and drank some more, and then slept for an hour. When we
+woke up, we felt much stronger, and went to work making another raft.
+The next day we completed the raft early in the morning; and drifted
+down to the waterfall of which they had spoken. We kept our ears and
+eyes open, and went ashore in time to avoid it. We had built a fire and
+were making a shelter, when three more canoes came up, and we camped
+together <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_249" id="Page_249">[Pg 249]</a></span>with the men. We had all that we could eat and it was
+delightful to us to meet these clean, healthy, robust men, full of life.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">FORT NO. 4</div>
+
+<p>In the morning they helped us lower our raft down the fifty feet of
+rapids. They gave us some nails, and we added to our raft and made it
+stronger, and then poled it out into the river, and drifted down with
+the current. We arrived at Fort No. 4 at sunset. It was the 9th of
+November. We had spent two months in that dreadful, barren wilderness.
+When we came in sight of the fort, and poled our raft to the shore, men
+and women in good Christian dress came running down to meet us. Our
+hearts rose up in our throats. We could not speak from our happiness.
+The tears rolled down our cheeks and we sobbed from joy.</p>
+
+<p>How fine they looked, those men with their clean-shaven faces, and their
+hair neatly done up in cues! And how beautiful and kind the women!</p>
+
+<p>Such few clothes as we still had were in rags. Our hair and beards were
+long and matted together; our faces and hands <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_250" id="Page_250">[Pg 250]</a></span>black from exposure and
+dirt and grime. We felt ashamed of our appearance and would gladly have
+sneaked in unseen. But they made of us as if we had been three prodigal
+sons. And the flesh-pots, the fatted calf, and the honey were all
+offered to us.</p>
+
+<p>Rogers claimed us for a short time, to get news from the camp, and told
+us he was going up the next morning.</p>
+
+<p>We had a supper of the best there was in the fort, and you can guess how
+it looked and tasted to men who had lived for weeks on corn and leather
+straps and nothing; and who had watched with greedy eyes the cutting up
+of an old white owl.</p>
+
+<p>They gave us a room, with soap and tubs of warm water, and we got rid of
+some of the grime, cut off our beards, shaved our faces, and put on the
+clothes they left for us. Amos said:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"B-Ben, I feel as if No. 4 must be p-pretty near h-heaven."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes! But it isn't up the river."</p>
+
+<p>When we came out, the men crowded round to hear our adventures. Amos
+started to tell <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_251" id="Page_251">[Pg 251]</a></span>the story, and when he got hung up on a word, Edmund
+would go on with the tale.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">BEN HAS A FEVER</div>
+
+<p>I felt hot and feeble and sick. My head ached. I became dizzy, and
+finally asked some one to take me to a room where I could lie down, and
+I went to bed. I haven't any clear idea of what happened afterward. I
+have a faint recollection of Edmund and Amos bending over me, saying
+good-by. But I do remember that Indian who tried again and again to
+scalp me. John Stark drove him off several times, but he kept coming
+back, and at last caught me by the hair, ran his knife round my head,
+braced his foot on my shoulder, pulled, and I felt my scalp go. Then I
+knew nothing more till I opened my eyes, and saw the rafters above, and
+the bedclothes about me.</p>
+
+<p>I smelt smoke, and heard the wood snap and crackle. Beside the fireplace
+a girl was seated, knitting. Such a pretty girl, the loveliest I had
+ever seen. I watched her knit, and then stop and count the stitches. How
+beautiful she was, with her light brown hair, the pretty side face, with
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_252" id="Page_252">[Pg 252]</a></span>the fresh colour in it! Her figure was lithe, supple, full of grace. I
+thought at once of Shakespeare's Rosalind. My heart went out to her. As
+I gazed, she looked up, and turned a pair of big brown eyes at me. I had
+never been in love before. But, as she rose and came over to the bed, I
+said to myself:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"This is she. This is the one for whom I have waited."</p>
+
+<p>She smiled, and a little dimple came in her cheek.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah! I'm glad you've come to your senses again. How do you feel?"</p>
+
+<p>"Perfectly content and happy. I seem to be in a pleasant dream."</p>
+
+<p>"That's good. You've had dreams enough, in the last month, that didn't
+seem pleasant. You must keep quiet. I'll be back in a minute."</p>
+
+<p>She returned with her mother, who gave me some medicine, and a drink of
+broth, and I fell asleep. When I awoke, the pretty girl was knitting by
+the fire. She got me some broth, and after I had drunk it brought a
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_253" id="Page_253">[Pg 253]</a></span>flax-wheel and sat down by it. I was sick and weak, but the joy of
+Michael Wigglesworth's saints in heaven was nothing compared to mine.
+That is, until the dreadful thought occurred that she might have been
+already sought and won by some one else. But I said: "Keep your courage
+up, Ben. She isn't over seventeen. I'm sick, and she's here, and I won't
+get well in a hurry."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">RUTH</div>
+
+<p>How well I remember her, sitting by the flax-wheel, spinning,&mdash;even the
+pepper and salt homespun dress, the blue and white checked apron, the
+little shoes with the silver buckles, and the glimpse of gray stocking.</p>
+
+<p>"Will you please tell me your name?"</p>
+
+<p>"Ruth. Ruth Elliot."</p>
+
+<p>"Ruth? That's the sweetest name of all. It suits you too. But where am
+I, and what good fortune brought me here?"</p>
+
+<p>"You are at Fort No. 4, or Charlestown as they call it now. You were
+with Rogers in the woods, and floated down the river with Sergeant Munro
+and Amos Locke. You have been out of your head with a fever for nearly a
+month."</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_254" id="Page_254">[Pg 254]</a></span>"Yes, yes. I remember now. How many of the Rangers got back?"</p>
+
+<p>"About one hundred. They came in at different places. Twelve days after
+you arrived, Rogers came down with those who were at the Ammonusuc. Some
+were insane, and some had died before he reached them. It was good to
+see them back again. But they were terribly wasted and worn. After they
+had been here a few days, they started for Crown Point, over the road
+which Captain Stark has just cut through the woods."</p>
+
+<p>"One hundred out of one hundred and forty-five? Well, it might have been
+worse. And what news is there of General Wolfe and his army? When I last
+heard of them, they were on their way up the St. Lawrence to Quebec."</p>
+
+<p>"Quebec is taken."</p>
+
+<p>"That's good. General Wolfe will get great praise and reward for that."</p>
+
+<p>"If he were alive, he might, but there was a desperate fight, and Wolfe
+was killed in it, and Montcalm too."</p>
+
+<p>"Both dead? They were brave men and <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_255" id="Page_255">[Pg 255]</a></span>skilful soldiers. Cut off in their
+prime like Lord Howe. And what is Amherst doing?"</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">BEN TELLS HIS ADVENTURES</div>
+
+<p>"Amherst is rebuilding the fort at Crown Point. He will do nothing more
+this year. It is too late. In the spring he will go down and take
+Montreal, and end the war."</p>
+
+<p>"And the Rangers&mdash;what about them?"</p>
+
+<p>"Most of them have gone home. Sergeant Munro and Mr. Locke passed
+through here a few days ago. They would have stopped, but the fort is
+full of sick soldiers, and as they could be of no help, they went on
+their way."</p>
+
+<p>When she had given me the news, it was her turn to question, and mine to
+answer. I had to tell her all of our adventures during the war, and she
+laughed and cried over them. I grew more and more deeply in love. I was
+in no haste to get well, but nature was against me. Every bit of food
+she gave me seemed to have some wonderful life-giving power in it and my
+health came back in bounds. After it returned, I nearly fell sick again
+from the dreadful fear that I might lose her. As the time for my
+departure approached, our <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_256" id="Page_256">[Pg 256]</a></span>conversation would halt and stop, and we sat
+in silence. I felt down-hearted and hadn't the courage to test my fate,
+till one day I saw the tears gather in her eyes and trickle down her
+cheeks. Then we soon had an understanding, and our light-heartedness
+came back.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Ben, I couldn't bear to have you leave, and now I'm so happy."</p>
+
+<p>But she was a wilful thing, and though her name was Ruth, she objected
+to following the example of her namesake in the Bible.</p>
+
+<p>"I may be Ruth, but you're not Boaz."</p>
+
+<p>I stoutly asserted that I was baptized Benjamin Boaz Comee, but I could
+not bring her to see that she should leave all and follow me.</p>
+
+<p>"No, no, Benjamin Boaz. You're a pretender, and times have changed. I
+might not like your people, and they might not like me. Father thinks a
+deal of you, and mother loves you as if you were her own son. And you
+repay their love by trying to steal me away from them. Is that fair to
+them, Boaz? Don't you think they would miss their little girl? And that
+their life would be gloomy <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_257" id="Page_257">[Pg 257]</a></span>without me? And besides, Ben, you told me
+that they had all the blacksmiths in Lexington that were needed, and
+that your chances would be poor. And here we're just pining for another
+blacksmith. The new road through the woods puts us on the main highway
+to Canada, and there's no better place for a blacksmith than this. Now
+that the Indians are gone, you could take up some of that intervale land
+up the river, that they talk about, and then I'm here, and if Benjamin
+Boaz Comee wants Ruth, he must follow her. Ben, I like my own way."</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">WANTED: A BLACKSMITH</div>
+
+<p>"I like your own way too, and will live wherever you please, provided it
+be with you."</p>
+
+<p>I returned home, and found Amos telling Davy of our adventures. For a
+time Davy had little to say about his hunting stories.</p>
+
+<p>I went back to No. 4, opened a blacksmith's shop, and in the fall
+married Ruth. We have lived here ever since, and have prospered. Much of
+my success is due to my wife's clear head and wonderful common sense.
+Folks regard Colonel Comee as a very shrewd <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_258" id="Page_258">[Pg 258]</a></span>and able business man. But
+my friends laugh, and say:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Colonel Ben's just a figure-head. He never takes an important step
+without talking it over with Aunt Ruth."</p>
+
+<p>John Stark and I have always remained close friends. When he was a
+colonel at Bunker's Hill, I was a lieutenant in his regiment, and served
+under him throughout the Revolution. He became a general, and showed the
+ability that we recognized in the French War.</p>
+
+<p>By the end of the Revolution I had risen to the rank of colonel. Hardly
+a year has passed since that time that one of us has not made the other
+a visit of a few days. He has always retained a great admiration and
+tender affection for Lord Howe.</p>
+
+<p>After the French War was over, Rogers was appointed to the command of
+the post at Michilimackinac. His accounts did not come out right. He
+always had that failing, and he went to England to explain matters.
+While over there, he was riding one night in a stage-coach over Hounslow
+Heath, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_259" id="Page_259">[Pg 259]</a></span>when a masked highwayman stopped the coach, and thrusting his
+pistols in at the window, told the passengers to hand over their money
+and watches. They were doing so, when Rogers, who was wonderfully
+strong, quickly reached out, grabbed the highwayman by the collar of his
+coat, pulled him into the coach, sat on him, took away his pistols, tied
+him up, and delivered him over to the authorities. He was an old
+offender, for whose apprehension a reward of &pound;50 had been offered, which
+Rogers claimed and received.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">A SURPRISED HIGHWAYMAN</div>
+
+<p>Rogers remained in England till the Revolution, and then came over here,
+and after a while offered his services to Washington. He came to Stark's
+headquarters at Medford, and John and I had a long talk with him.</p>
+
+<p>Stark believed he would be true to us, and so did I. But he had been on
+such close terms of intimacy with the British that Washington distrusted
+him and would not give him a command.</p>
+
+<p>Soon after he received a commission from the British, and raised the
+Queen's Rangers, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_260" id="Page_260">[Pg 260]</a></span>who were badly defeated in a fight in Connecticut.</p>
+
+<p>Rogers then returned to England, and led a rather shady life; and I
+believe was finally killed while fighting in Algiers. He was a curious
+compound. If he had only been a man of honour, he would have become a
+great man. But his tricky, unscrupulous nature was his ruin.</p>
+
+<p>Edmund Munro served again at Crown Point in 1762-63, as a lieutenant,
+and as adjutant of the four provincial regiments stationed there.</p>
+
+<p>I met him often in the Revolution. He was captain of the Lexington
+company. Poor fellow, he was killed by a cannon ball at Monmouth, at the
+head of his company. He died poor, and his widow had a hard time till
+the little ones grew up.</p>
+
+<p>Of our old playmate, John Hancock, you have all heard, how he inherited
+the wealth of his Uncle Thomas, and in his turn was the richest man in
+Boston, and lived in the stone house on Beacon Hill.</p>
+
+<p>You remember how he risked his great <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_261" id="Page_261">[Pg 261]</a></span>fortune and his head, and sided
+with his countrymen. His bold signature heads the signers of the
+Declaration of Independence. Riches and honours came to him. Year after
+year he was chosen governor of Massachusetts.</p>
+
+<div class="sidenote">GOVERNOR HANCOCK</div>
+
+<p>I did not meet him from the time I went to the French War till some ten
+years after the Revolution.</p>
+
+<p>I called on him in Boston, and he was glad to see me, and had me up to
+his house to dinner and to spend the night.</p>
+
+<p>Everything was magnificent. John was kind, but condescending&mdash;something
+like a great mogul receiving an inferior.</p>
+
+<p>I had no favour to ask of him. I saw no reason why I should look up to
+and revere him. I had played my own part in life well and boldly and
+stood firm on my feet. When John found I was not in awe of his rank and
+magnificence, he gave up his grand airs and was again the bright, lively
+fellow I knew as a boy.</p>
+
+<p>Hector and Donald Munro remained in this country. After the French War
+was over, <span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_262" id="Page_262">[Pg 262]</a></span>they visited their kinsmen in Lexington, and then went to
+Rehoboth, where there is another branch of the family, and settled in
+that town.</p>
+
+<p>My old wrestling-master, Jonas Parker, was killed on the common at
+Lexington, on the 19th of April, 1775. He had said in his grim way,
+"Some may run from the British, but I won't budge a foot."</p>
+
+<p>He was in the front rank of the minutemen. He laid his hat on the ground
+before him, and in it placed his powder-horn and bullets.</p>
+
+<p>When the British fired, he was wounded, and fell to his knees. He
+returned their fire, and was reloading, when the regulars ran forward
+and killed him with their bayonets.</p>
+
+<p>Amos and Davy were in the Revolution, too. They never got over their
+love for fox-hunting and pigeon-shooting.</p>
+
+<p>As I finish this record, sixty years have passed since we had the pigeon
+shoot on Bull Meadow Hill. Those of us who survive are old, but some of
+us are still hale and hearty.</p>
+
+<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_263" id="Page_263">[Pg 263]</a></span>
+<div class="sidenote">AMOS HAS A STORY, TOO</div>
+
+<p>I received a letter the other day from a friend in Lexington, in which
+he says:&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"About a week ago I saw your old friend, Amos Locke, ploughing in a
+field which joins on to my farm. I walked over to the wall. When he saw
+me, he left his plough, came to the wall, and said,&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"'Morning! M-mighty good day to go after p-pigeons. P-Puts me in mind of
+the d-day I was with Weaver David and B-Ben Comee, up on Bull Meadow
+Hill, and shot fifty-two p-pigeons at one shot. One for every week in
+the year. I'll t-tell you about it.'"</p>
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+<br />
+
+<h5>Printed in the United States of America.</h5>
+
+
+<div class="tr">
+<p class="cen"><a name="TN" id="TN"></a>Transcriber's Note</p>
+<br />
+
+Typographical errors corrected in the text:<br />
+<br />
+Page&nbsp; 160&nbsp;&nbsp; c-could'nt changed to c-couldn't
+</div>
+
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<p>&nbsp;</p>
+<hr class="full" />
+<p>***END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK BEN COMEE***</p>
+<p>******* This file should be named 27920-h.txt or 27920-h.zip *******</p>
+<p>This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:<br />
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/7/9/2/27920">http://www.gutenberg.org/2/7/9/2/27920</a></p>
+<p>Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.</p>
+
+<p>Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.</p>
+
+
+
+<pre>
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/license">http://www.gutenberg.org/license)</a>.
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS,' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://www.gutenberg.org/about/contact
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/pglaf
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://www.gutenberg.org/fundraising/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+Each eBook is in a subdirectory of the same number as the eBook's
+eBook number, often in several formats including plain vanilla ASCII,
+compressed (zipped), HTML and others.
+
+Corrected EDITIONS of our eBooks replace the old file and take over
+the old filename and etext number. The replaced older file is renamed.
+VERSIONS based on separate sources are treated as new eBooks receiving
+new filenames and etext numbers.
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org">http://www.gutenberg.org</a>
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+EBooks posted prior to November 2003, with eBook numbers BELOW #10000,
+are filed in directories based on their release date. If you want to
+download any of these eBooks directly, rather than using the regular
+search system you may utilize the following addresses and just
+download by the etext year.
+
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/etext06/</a>
+
+ (Or /etext 05, 04, 03, 02, 01, 00, 99,
+ 98, 97, 96, 95, 94, 93, 92, 92, 91 or 90)
+
+EBooks posted since November 2003, with etext numbers OVER #10000, are
+filed in a different way. The year of a release date is no longer part
+of the directory path. The path is based on the etext number (which is
+identical to the filename). The path to the file is made up of single
+digits corresponding to all but the last digit in the filename. For
+example an eBook of filename 10234 would be found at:
+
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/1/0/2/3/10234
+
+or filename 24689 would be found at:
+http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/2/4/6/8/24689
+
+An alternative method of locating eBooks:
+<a href="http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL">http://www.gutenberg.org/dirs/GUTINDEX.ALL</a>
+
+*** END: FULL LICENSE ***
+</pre>
+</body>
+</html>
diff --git a/27920-h/images/cover.jpg b/27920-h/images/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1d485da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27920-h/images/cover.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/27920-h/images/frontis.jpg b/27920-h/images/frontis.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3c58fee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/27920-h/images/frontis.jpg
Binary files differ